Santa Cruz City Council
August 22, 2023

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ
809 Center Street
Santa Cruz, California 95060

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA
Regular Meeting – August 22, 2023
2:45 P.M. CLOSED SESSION, ZOOM/COURTYARD CONFERENCE ROOM 3:00 P.M. CONSENT, GENERAL BUSINESS AND ORAL COMMUNICATIONS,

ZOOM/COUNCIL CHAMBERS
The meeting may be viewed remotely, using any of the following sources:
 Click on Zoom link (no time delay): https://zoom.us/j/94684401344  Online at http://www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-council/council-meetings  Online at Watch – Community Television of Santa Cruz County  Comcast Channel 25
Or: Call any of the numbers below. If one is busy, try the next one.  1-833-548-0276 (Toll Free)
 1-833-548-0282 (Toll Free)
 1-877-853-5247 (Toll Free)
 1-669-900-9128
 Enter the meeting ID number: 946 8440 1344
 When prompted for a Participant ID, press #.
 Press *9 on your phone to “raise your hand” when the Mayor calls for public comment.  It will be your turn to speak when the Mayor calls on you. Press *6 to unmute yourself. The timer will then be set.

Correspondence to be included in the agenda packet must be received by 5:00 pm on Monday, August 21st
PLEASE NOTE:
 Council may take a break(s) as needed.
 Requests for extra speaking time on items other than Oral Communications must be made by 5:00 p.m. on Sunday, August 20th by emailing the Mayor and the City Clerk.

Approval will be confirmed via email.
[email protected] [email protected]
August 22, 2023 City Council 2
The City of Santa Cruz does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. Out of consideration for people with chemical sensitivities we ask that you attend fragrance free. Upon request, the agenda can be provided in a format to accommodate special needs. Additionally, if you wish to attend this public meeting and will require assistance such as an interpreter for American Sign Language, Spanish, or other special equipment, please call the City Clerk’s Department at 420-5030 at least five days in advance so that we can arrange for such special assistance, or email [email protected]. The CalRelay system number: 1-800-735-2922.

Si desea asistir a esta reunión pública y necesita ayuda - como un intérprete de lenguaje de señas americano, español u otro equipo especial - favor de llamar al Departamento de la Secretaría de la Ciudad al 420-5030 al menos cinco días antes para que podamos coordinar dicha asistencia especial o envié un correo electrónico a [email protected]. El número del sistema Cal-Relay es: 1-800-735-2922.

Agenda and Agenda Packet Materials: The City Council agenda and the complete agenda packet containing public records, which are not exempt from disclosure pursuant to the California Public Records Act, are available for review on the City’s website:
www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-council-meetings and at the Office of the City Clerk located at 809 Center Street, Room 9, Santa Cruz, California, during normal business hours.

Agenda Materials Submitted after Publication of the Agenda Packet: Pursuant to Government Code §54957.5, public records related to an open session agenda item submitted after distribution of the agenda packet are available at the same time they are distributed or made available to the legislative body on the City’s website at: www.cityofsantacruz.com/government/city-councilmeetings and are also available for public inspection at the Office of the City Clerk, 809 Center Street Room 8, Santa Cruz, California, during normal business hours, and at the Council meeting.

Need more information? Contact the City Clerk’s office at 831-420-5030.

Closed Session
2:45 PM

1. Conference With Legal Counsel – Liability Claims (Government Code §54956.95)
1) Claimant: Cari McCormick
2) Claimant: Nancy Ogle
3) Claimant: Afni
Claims against the City of Santa Cruz
August 22, 2023 City Council 3
3:00 PM
Call to Order
Roll Call
Presentation

2. Proclamation Declaring August 22, 2023 as Downtown Ambassadors Day Presiding Officer's Announcements
Statements of Disqualification
Additions and Deletions
City Attorney Report on Closed Session
Council Meeting Calendar

3. The City Council will review the meeting calendar attached to the agenda and revise it as necessary.

Consent Agenda

4. Resolution Extending the Emergency Declaration in Connection with the December 2022 and January 2023 Winter Storms (CA/CM) Resolution extending by sixty days the Local Emergency Declaration in connection with the December 2022 and January 2023 winter storms.

5. Minutes of the August 8, 2023 City Council Meeting (CC) Motion to approve as submitted.

6. Minutes of the August 15, 2023 City Council Study Session (CC) Motion to approve as submitted.

August 22, 2023 City Council 4
Consent Agenda (continued)

7. Update of Council Policy 6.5 (City Council Agenda - Order of Business),

6.6 (City Council Meetings - Oral Communications), and 6.7 (Lengthy Reports Distributed to Council), and the Councilmembers' Handbook (CC)
Resolution updating Council Policies 6.5 and 6.6, and the Councilmembers' Handbook, to revise the timing for Oral Communications, as well as Council Policy 6.7 to further explain and define the policy.

8. Purchase Price Increase of a 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis - Budget Adjustment (FD)
Motion to:
1) Approve the purchase price increase of a 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis in the amount of the original cost of $375,000 (from approved Capital Investment Program - CIP - project c212203) to the current cost of $455,150, which is an increase of $80,150 above the previously approved budget amount; and 2) Adopt a resolution amending the FY 2024 budget to transfer $45,000 from the City of Santa Cruz Fire Department project c212304 and $35,150 from Fire's current operating budget to FY 2024 CIP project number c212203 to cover the aforementioned total increase cost of $80,150.

9. Purchase Price Increase of One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck - Budget Adjustment (FD) Motion to:
1) Approve the purchase price increase of a One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck from the original cost of $1,500,000 (from approved Capital Investment Program - CIP - project c212305) to the current cost of $1,782,080, which is an increase of $282,080 above the previously approved budget amount; and
2) Adopt a resolution amending the FY 2024 budget to transfer $282,080 from the City of Santa Cruz General Fund to FY 2024 CIP project number c212305 to cover the aforementioned cost increase.

August 22, 2023 City Council 5
Consent Agenda (continued)

10. Liability Claims Filed Against the City of Santa Cruz (FN) Motion to reject the liability claims of 1) Cari McCormick, 2) Nancy Ogle; and to return as late claim of 3) Afni, based on staff recommendation.

11. Award Agreement for Municipal Financial Advisory Services (FN) Motion to:
1) Award agreement for Municipal Financial Advisory Services to NHA Advisors LLC (San Rafael, CA) for a five-year initial contract period with five optional one-year renewals; and
2) Authorize the City Manager, or designee, to execute the agreement and any amendments within the approved operating budget, in a form approved by the City Attorney.

12. Downtown Recovery – Phase I-IV – Authorization to Advertise for Bids and Award Contracts (PR)
Motion to authorize staff to advertise for bids and award contracts to provide new waste and recycling receptacles, provide new benches, and paint existing site furnishings to carry out the Downtown Recovery – Phase I-IV project (c302312). The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute the contracts in forms approved by the City Attorney and as authorized by Resolution No. NS-27,563. The Parks and Recreation Director, Economic Development and Housing Director, and Public Works Director are authorized to execute change orders within approved budgets.

13. San Lorenzo River Levee FEMA Accreditation Burrowing Rodent Mitigation Project – Phase 2 (c402112) – Notice of Completion (PW) Motion to accept the work of Pacifico Construction (Dos Palos, CA) as completed per the specifications and authorize the filing of the Notice of Completion for San Lorenzo River Levee FEMA Accreditation Burrowing Rodent Mitigation Project – Phase 2 (c402112).

August 22, 2023 City Council 6
Consent Agenda (continued)

14. West Cliff Drive Bethany Curve Culvert (c402407) – Approval of Plans and Specifications, Authorization to Advertise for Bids and Award Contract, and Authorize Professional Service Agreement for Design and Construction Support Services, and Budget Adjustment (PW) Motion to:
1) Approve the plans and specifications for the West Cliff Drive Bethany Curve Culvert Project (c402407), authorize staff to advertise for bids, and award the contract. The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute an agreement in a form approved by the City Attorney. The Director of Public Works is authorized to execute change orders within the approved project budget; and
2) Approve and authorize the City Manager to execute a Professional Service Agreement with Mesiti-Miller Engineering (Santa Cruz, CA) for designing the West Cliff Drive Bethany Curve Project (c402407), in a form approved by the City Attorney. The Director of Public Works is authorized to execute contract amendments within the approved project budget; and
3) Adopt a resolution amending the FY 2024 budget and appropriate $300,000 from the General Fund and amending the Public Works Capital Investment Program budget in c402407.

15. Purchase of Two Refuse Trucks (PW)
Motion authorizing the purchase of side loader and roll-off vehicles from TEC of California (Oakland, CA) in the amount of $690,000.00.

16. Transfer within the Water Department’s Capital Investment Program for Fiscal Year 2023 Water Program Administration Expenses – Budget Adjustment (WT)
Resolution amending the Fiscal Year 2023 (FY 2023) budget by transferring $1,591,209 from the Water Department’s Capital Investment Program (CIP) Project c701901, Water Program Administration, to various other Water Department CIP projects for the purpose of allocating actual program administration expenses to active Water Program CIP projects.

End Consent Agenda
August 22, 2023 City Council 7
General Business

17. Regional Early Action Planning (REAP) 2.0 Regional Funding Grant Application for Promoting Inclusive Residential Infill Development through Objective Standards for Properties with R-1 Single Family Residence Zoning (PL)
Resolution authorizing staff to apply for State of California REAP 2.0 competitive funding in the amount of $750,000 to plan for more inclusive residential infill housing options in neighborhoods.

18. State of Child & Youth Well-Being Report 2022/2023 (CM) Accept the State of Child & Youth Well-Being report for 2023.

Oral Communications Announcement – Members of the public may address Council on matters not on the agenda, but within the jurisdiction of the Council. 30 minutes is allocated for Oral Communications. No extra time for groups will be granted.

Oral Communications
Adjournment
August 22, 2023 City Council 8

INFORMATION ITEMS PREVIOUSLY DISTRIBUTED TO CITY COUNCILMEMBERS ADDENDUM TO CITY COUNCIL AGENDA – AUGUST 22, 2023

19. Library: Incident Report – Santa Cruz Public Library 4th Quarter Fiscal Year 2022-2023 - 8/2/23 (LBFYI 015)

MAYOR'S PROCLAMATIONS
ADDENDUM TO CITY COUNCIL AGENDA – AUGUST 22, 2023

20. Proclaiming August 22, 2023 as “Downtown Ambassadors Day” and encouraging all citizens to join in expressing heartfelt appreciation to the Downtown Ambassadors Team for their hard work and dedication to help create a safe, clean, and welcoming environment for everyone who lives, works in, or visits Downtown Santa Cruz.

Advisory Body Appointments
The following positions are vacant. Council will make the appointments at a future meeting. The Water Commission vacancies are scheduled to be filled at the September 12, 2023 City Council meeting. The deadline to submit an application to serve on the Water Commission is Wednesday, September 6, 2023.

County Latino Affairs Commission One opening – at-large nomination Sister Cities Committee Three openings – at-large nominations Water Commission Two openings – One at-large nomination, and one opening to be appointed by Councilmember
Newsome.

August 22, 2023 City Council 9
Public Hearing
If, in the future, you wish to challenge in court any of the matters on this agenda for which a public hearing is to be conducted, you may be limited to raising only those issues which you (or someone else) raised orally at the public hearing or in written correspondence received by the City at or before the hearing.

Any person seeking to challenge a City Council decision made as a result of a proceeding in which, by law, a hearing is required to be given, evidence is required to be taken, and the discretion in the determination of facts is vested in the City Council, shall be required to commence that action either 60 days or 90 days following the date on which the decision becomes final as provided in Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.6 Please refer to code of Civil Procedure 1094.6 to determine how to calculate when a decision becomes “final.” The 60-day rule applies to all public hearings conducted pursuant to the City’s Zoning Ordinance, Title 24, Santa Cruz Municipal Code. The 90-day rule applies to all other public hearings.

City Council Agenda Legislative History Addendum
No information was submitted.

City staff is responsible for providing the City Clerk with such documentation and information for the Legislative History Addendum. The information will be on file in the City Clerk’s Department.

The Addendum is a listing of information specific to City Council business, but which does not appear on a Council meeting agenda. Such entities would include, but not be limited to: Court decisions, Coastal Commission Appeals of City Council actions, Closed Session Agreements/Settlements, which are public record, Association of Monterey Bay Area Governments, Local Agency Formation Commission.

Meeting Type
Holiday
Jewish Holiday
Regular Meeting
Special Meeting
Study Session (will be added as scheduled)
Budget Hearing
DATE Location Meeting Type
September 4
Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public September 15/16
September 24/25
Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public November 10
Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public November 23
November 24
December 7/8
Courtyard Conf. Room Closed Session ‐ Closed to the Public Zoom/Council Chambers Council Regular Meeting ‐ Open to the Public December 25
December 26 Meeting Cancelled ‐ CITY COUNCIL DARK
City Hall Closure ‐ Christmas Day
Hanukkah (City observed ‐  sundown to sundown)
Rosh Hashanah (City observed ‐  sundown to sundown)
November 14
October 10
October 24
City Hall Closure ‐ Veteran's Day (observed)
City Hall Closure ‐ Labor Day
Please note: Meeting times are not final and are likely to change Yom Kippur (City observed ‐  sundown to sundown)
City Council Meeting Calendar for 2023
November 28
December 12
City Hall Closure ‐ Thanksgiving Day
City Hall Closure ‐ Day After Thanksgiving Day
September 12
September 26

3.1 City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/03/2023
AGENDA OF: 08/22/2023
DEPARTMENT: City Attorney/City Manager
SUBJECT: Resolution Extending the Emergency Declaration in Connection with the December 2022 and January 2023 Winter Storms (CA/CM)
RECOMMENDATION: Resolution extending by sixty days the Local Emergency Declaration in connection with the December 2022 and January 2023 winter storms.

BACKGROUND: Storms in December 2022 and January 2023 have caused significant flooding, infrastructure damage, and other storm impacts, including downed trees and impacts to persons experiencing homelessness. On January 4, 2023, the City Manager issued a “Proclamation of Existence of Local Emergency.”
DISCUSSION: Chapter 2.20 of the City of Santa Cruz Municipal Code, at Section 2.20.030, empowers the Director of Emergency Services to proclaim the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency when the City is affected or likely to be affected by a public calamity or disaster, subject to confirmation by the City Council at the “earliest practicable time.” During the existence of such emergency, the Director of Emergency Services is also authorized, pursuant to Section 2.20.040(1), to “[m]ake and issue rules and regulations on matters reasonably related to the protection of life and property as affected by such emergency,” also subject to confirmation by the City Council “at the earliest practicable time.” In view of the facts and circumstances described above, on January 4, 2023, the City Manager declared the existence of a local emergency in the City of Santa Cruz. The City Council ratified the emergency declaration by Resolution No. NS-30,085 at its January 10, 2023 regular meeting.

At its regular meetings on January 24, 2023, March 14, 2023, May 9, 2023, and June 27, 2023 the Council adopted Resolution Nos. NS-30,095, NS-30,116, NS-30,145, and NS-30,166 further extending the declaration of emergency by 60 days.

The attached resolution, if adopted by the City Council, would extend the emergency declaration related to the December 2022 and January 2023 winter storms emergency by an additional 60 days, to October 21, 2023.

FISCAL IMPACT: Actions taken by the City during a declared emergency are potentially recoverable from Cal OES (California Governor’s Office of Emergency Services) and FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency).

4.1 Prepared By:

Stephanie Duck
Deputy City Attorney
Submitted By:

Tony Condotti
City Attorney
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. RESOLUTION.DOCX

4.2 RESOLUTION NO. NS-XX,XXX

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ EXTENDING

THE LOCAL EMERGENCY DECLARATION IN CONNECTION WITH THE DECEMBER 2022 AND JANUARY 2023 WINTER STORMS
WHEREAS, Santa Cruz Municipal Code section 2.20.030 empowers the City Manager, as the director of emergency services, to proclaim the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency when the City is affected or likely to be affected by a public calamity, subject to confirmation by the City Council at the earliest practicable time; and WHEREAS, on December 30 and 31st, 2022, the City of Santa Cruz experienced a major rain event (the "December 2022 Atmospheric River Winter Storm"); and WHEREAS, as a result of the December 2022 Atmospheric River Winter Storm, flooding, debris from trees, and mud have impacted the San Lorenzo River and adjacent areas, including the Tannery area, San Lorenzo Park, and the beach. The San Lorenzo River reached

22.1 feet. Rainfall amounts exceeded 7 inches in the mountains over a 24-hour period; and WHEREAS, soil conditions in the City of Santa Cruz remain saturated as a result of the December 2022 Atmospheric River Winter Storm, and another powerful storm event occurred on January 4 and 5th, 2023, increasing flooding and other storm impacts, including downed trees, major infrastructure damage, and impacts to persons experiencing homelessness; and
WHEREAS, the County of Santa Cruz proclaimed the existence of a local emergency in the County on January 3, 2023; and
WHEREAS, in light of the foregoing and pursuant to his authority as Emergency Services Director, on January 4, 2023, the City Manager declared the existence of a local emergency (the "Emergency Proclamation").

WHEREAS, at its January 10, 2023 meeting, the City Council adopted Resolution No.

NS-30,085 declaring the existence of a State of Emergency in connection with the December 2022 and January 2023 winter storms, confirming the January 4, 2023 Emergency Proclamation by the Director of Emergency Services; and WHEREAS, at its regular meetings on January 24, 2023, March 14, 2023, May 9, 2023, and June 27, 2023 the Council adopted Resolution Nos. NS-30,095, NS-30,116, NS30,145, and NS-30,166 further extending the declaration of emergency by 60 days; and WHEREAS, damage to City infrastructure from the December 2022 and January 2023 winter storms is extensive and as a result, the City’s emergency response to the December 2022 and January 2023 winter storms will likely be ongoing.

4.3 RESOLUTION NO. NS-XX,XXX
2 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Santa Cruz (City Council) as follows:

A. That the City Council hereby declares that the local emergency declaration adopted at its January 10, 2023 regular meeting by Resolution No. NS-30,085, and extended on January 24, 2023 by Resolution NS-30,095, on March 14, 2023 by Resolution NS-30,116, on May 9, 2023 by Resolution NS-30,145, and on June 27, 2023 by Resolution NS-30,166, shall be extended an additional sixty (60) days from its adoption pursuant to California Government Code Section 8630, et seq., by this Resolution; and B. This Resolution shall remain in full force and effect and shall thereafter terminate on the sixtieth (60th) day after its adoption, unless earlier terminated or further extended by subsequent City Council action.

PASSED AND ADOPTED this 22nd day of August 2023 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: __________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: ___________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator

4.4 MINUTES ARE UNOFFICIAL UNTIL APPROVED BY COUNCIL
City of Santa Cruz
809 Center Street
Santa Cruz, California 95060

MINUTES OF A CITY COUNCIL MEETING
August 8, 2023
1:00 PM
Mayor Keeley opened the City Council Closed Session at 1:02 p.m. in a public meeting via Zoom and in Council Chambers, for the purpose of announcing the agenda, and receiving public testimony.

Roll Call

Present: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner, KalantariJohnson; Mayor Keeley.

Absent: Vice Mayor Golder.

Staff: City Manager M. Huffaker, Assistant City Manager L. Schmidt, City Attorney T. Condotti, Finance Director E. Cabell, Chief People Officer S. De Leon, Deputy City Clerk Administrator J. Wood, City Clerk Administrator B. Bush.

Public Comment
Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period at 1:02 p.m. There were no speakers. Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period at 1:04 p.m., at which time the meeting was closed to the public and Council adjourned to the Courtyard Conference Room.

5.1 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6529
Closed Session

1. Conference with Labor Negotiators (Government Code §54957.6) SEIU Temporary Employees
SEIU Service Employees
Mid Managers, OE3
Supervisors, OE3
Executives
City Negotiator – Sara De Leon
Council received a status report from the City Negotiator, and no reportable action was taken.

2. Conference with Legal Counsel – Liability Claims (Government Code §54956.95) 1) Claimant: Mercury Insurance
2) Claimant: Brent Michael Campagnolo
3) Claimant: Anthony Joseph Toste
4) Claimant: Marisela Hernandez Ramos
5) Claimant: Elaine Rodriguez
Claims against the City of Santa Cruz
Council received a status report, took up under agenda item 15, and no reportable action was taken.

3. Conference with Legal Counsel - Existing Litigation (Government Code §54956.9(d)(1))
1) City of Santa Cruz v. The Regents of the University of California, et al. (Santa Cruz County Superior Court Case No. 22CV00373)
2) Regents of the University of California, et al. v. City of Santa Cruz (Santa Cruz County Superior Court Case No. 20CV02152)
Council received a status report, and no reportable action was taken.

5.2 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6530
Closed Session (continued)

4. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation (Government Code §54956.9(d)(2)
Significant exposure to litigation (one potential case to be discussed) Council received a status report, and no reportable action was taken.

5. Conference with Legal Counsel - Anticipated Litigation (Government Code §54956.9(d)(4))
Initiation of litigation (one potential case to be discussed) Council received a status report, and no reportable action was taken.

5.3 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6531
City of Santa Cruz
809 Center Street
Santa Cruz, California 95060

MINUTES OF A CITY COUNCIL MEETING
August 8, 2023
3:00 PM
Call to Order – Mayor Keeley called the meeting to order at 3:11 p.m. in Council Chambers.

Roll Call

Present: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner, KalantariJohnson; Vice Mayor Golder; Mayor Keeley.

Absent: None.

Staff: City Manager M. Huffaker, Assistant City Manager L. Schmidt, City Attorney T. Condotti, Chief of Fire R. Oatey, Director of Public Works N.

Nguyen, Director of Parks and Recreation T. Elliot, Chief of Police B.

Escalante, Director of Planning and Community Development L. Butler, Director of Information Technology K. Morgan, Director of Economic Development and Housing B. Lipscomb, Assistant Director of Public Works/City Engineer K. Crossley, Principal Management Analyst E.

Nguyen, Superintendent of Resource Recovery G. Sanchez, Waste Reduction Manager L. O’Malley, Deputy City Clerk Administrator J.

Wood, City Clerk Administrator B. Bush.

Presentations

6. Central Coast Community Energy Annual Update
Catherine Stedman, Chief Communications Officer with Central Coast Community Energy, provided the membership annual update and responded to Council questions. Chief of Fire R. Oatey responded to Council questions.

Presiding Officer's Announcements
Statements of Disqualification – None.

Additions and Deletions – None.

City Attorney Report on Closed Session – See pages 6529—6530 for the report.

5.4 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6532
Council Meeting Calendar

7. The City Council reviewed and did not revise the meeting calendar attached to the agenda.

City Clerk Administrator B. Bush reminded Council there is a Study Session scheduled for August 15, 2023, from 1:30 p.m.—3:30 p.m.

Consent Agenda
Councilmember Brunner made a comment on item 9.

Vice Mayor Golder made a comment on item 14 and registered a no vote.

Councilmember Watkins made a comment on item 14.

Councilmember Brown pulled item 19 for further discussion.

Assistant Director of Public Works/City Engineer K. Crossley responded to Council questions regarding item 20.

Mayor Keeley requested to make the following additions to item 11 in the City’s response to the report “Housing Our Workers”:

Finding F1: Add a comment about the City’s recent designation as a prohousing jurisdiction. The Governor’s Office and the State’s Department of Housing and Community Development announced that out of 450 cities and 58 counties, Santa Cruz was one of the 30 communities that achieved all of their RHNA goals and exceeding by 1,000 units.

Finding F13: Add a notation that RTC (Regional Transportation Commission) and METRO (Santa Cruz Metropolitan Transit) are local government entities, governed by local government officials.

Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period. The following people spoke:

James Ewing Whitman spoke regarding items 9 and 11.

Laura Booth Knoble spoke regarding item 10, requesting the item be pulled.

Garrett Philipp spoke regarding item 21.

Unidentified person spoke regarding item 6.

Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period.

5.5 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6533
Consent Agenda (continued)
Councilmember Watkins requested to direct staff to add the following language to item 10:

Under the Strategies of Public Safety and Community Well-Being of the City’s 5-Year Plan:
 Identify and create opportunities to support and expand childcare.

MOTION: Councilmember Watkins moved, seconded by Councilmember KalantariJohnson, to approve the Consent Agenda as amended.

ACTION: The motion carried with the following vote.

AYES: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner, KalantariJohnson; Vice Mayor Golder (with the exception of item 14); Mayor Keeley.

NOES: Vice Mayor Golder (item 14).

ABSENT: None.

DISQUALIFIED: None.

8. Minutes of the June 27, 2023 City Council Meeting (CC) Motion carried to approve as submitted.

9. Resolution Ordering an Election for Four Council Seats, Districts 1, 2, 3, and 5, for the March 5, 2024 Primary Election (CC)
Resolution No. NS-30,174 was adopted ordering an election, requesting the County Elections Department to conduct the election, and requesting consolidation of the election with the March 5, 2024 Primary Election.

10. Five-Year Strategic Plan (CM)
Motion carried to adopt the City of Santa Cruz’s Five-Year Strategic Plan, as amended.

5.6 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6534
Consent Agenda (continued)

11. Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury Response (CM)
Motion carried to authorize the Mayor to submit responses, as amended, to the Santa Cruz Civil County Grand Jury on behalf of the Santa Cruz City Council for the following reports:
 Cyber Threat Preparedness – Phishing and Passwords and Ransomware, Oh My!; and
 Housing Our Workers – Essential Workers Need Affordable Housing!

12. State Coastal Conservancy Grant Program: Authorization for Application, Acceptance, and Appropriation of Grant Funds for a Living Shoreline, NatureBased Solutions and Sand Management Feasibility Study (CM) Resolution No. NS-30,175 was adopted ratifying an application for the State Coastal Conservancy’s grant program, and authorizing the City Manager to accept and appropriate funds for a grant to assess the feasibility of living shorelines, nature-based solutions, and sand management along the City of Santa Cruz’s coastline.

13. Authorization to Submit a Grant Application to the Federal Highway Administration Charging and Fueling Infrastructure Discretionary Grant Community Program as a Co-applicant for the Monterey Bay Region Equitable Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Project (CM)
Resolution No. NS-30,176 was adopted authorizing the City Manager to apply for, accept, and execute in the name of the City of Santa Cruz all necessary applications, contracts, agreements, and amendments thereto, and appropriate funds from the Federal Highway Administration to implement and carry out the scope of work for the Monterey Bay Region Equitable Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Project specific to the City of Santa Cruz.

14. Ordinance Requiring Delivery Companies to Provide a Service Enabling Customers to Tip Delivery Drivers (CN)
Motion carried to authorize an ad-hoc committee to work with the City Attorney to develop an ordinance requiring delivery companies to give customers the option to tip residential delivery drivers.

5.7 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6535
Consent Agenda (continued)

15. Liability Claims Filed Against the City of Santa Cruz (FN) Motion carried to reject the liability claims of 1) Mercury Insurance, 2) Brent Michael Campagnolo, 3) Anthony Joseph Toste, 4) Marisela Hernandez Ramos; and to return as late the claim of 5) Elaine Rodriguez, based on staff recommendation.

16. Side Letter of Agreement: Santa Cruz Mid-Management and Mid-Supervisory OE3 for Short-Term Disability Benefits (HR)
Motion to:
 Adopt Resolution No. NS-30,177 approving a Side Letter of Agreement with the Santa Cruz Mid-Management Association of the City of Santa Cruz Operating Engineers Local #3 (OE3); and
 Adopt Resolution No. NS-30,178 approving a Side Letter of Agreement with the Supervisory Employees of the City of Santa Cruz Operating Engineers, Local #3.

17. Board of State and Community Corrections of California Officer Wellness and Mental Health Grant Program Award (PD)
Resolution No. NS-30,179 was adopted to accept the Officer Wellness and Mental Health Grant funds, administered by the Board of State and Community Corrections of California, and amend the FY 2023 budget in the amount of $50,549.95 and appropriate those funds for improving officer wellness and expanding officer mental health resources.

18. Regional Early Action Planning (REAP) 2.0 Local Funding Grant Application (PL) Resolution No. NS-30,180 was adopted authorizing staff to apply for REAP 2.0 grant funding to advance the development of the Downtown Library and Affordable Housing project.

5.8 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6536
Consent Agenda (continued)

19. San Lorenzo River Vegetation Management for Flood Control Project (m409505) (PW)
Director of Public Works N. Nguyen spoke and responded to Council questions.

Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period. The following people spoke.

Barbara Riverwoman
Batya Kagan
Bruce Van Allen
Micah Posner
Jane Orbuch
Brad Snyder
Unidentified person
Laurie Egan
Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period.

MOTION: Councilmember Brown moved, seconded by Vice Mayor Golder, to:
 Authorize the issuance of a Request for Proposals (RFP) for the San Lorenzo River Vegetation Management for Flood Control Project (m409505). The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute an agreement in a form approved by the City Attorney. The Public Works Director is authorized to execute contract amendments within the approved project budget.
 Direct the Public Works Department to meet with local environmental groups, as a group, prior to issuance of the RFP in order to assure that the RFP includes adaptive management and aligns with Nature-Based Solutions.
 Direct the Public Works Department staff to post notifications to the City’s San Lorenzo River Levee Projects & Resources webpage when vegetation management and flood control work is scheduled to occur and to also notify local environmental groups in order to allow for monitoring during project execution.
 Direct staff to return by the second meeting in September with the framework for the reestablishment of a working group.

5.9 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6537
Consent Agenda (continued)

19. San Lorenzo River Vegetation Management for Flood Control Project (m409505) (PW) (continued)
ACTION: The motion carried unanimously with the following vote.

AYES: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner,
Kalantari-Johnson; Vice Mayor Golder; Mayor Keeley.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: None.

DISQUALIFIED: None.

20. Wastewater Treatment Facility Southside Fence Replacement Project (m409659) – Authorization to Advertise and Award (PW)
Motion carried to approve the plans and specifications for the Wastewater Treatment Facility Southside Fence Replacement Project (m409659), authorize staff to advertise for bids, and award the contract. The City Manager is hereby authorized and directed to execute the contract as authorized by Resolution No. NS-27,563. The Director of Public Works is authorized to execute change orders within the approved project budget.

21. Adjustment of Water Department Miscellaneous Fees (WT) Resolution No. NS-30,181 was adopted adjusting the Water Department’s miscellaneous fees for services due to labor cost increases and rescinding Resolution No. NS-29,540.

22. Resolution to Reimburse Capital Expenditures from Future State Water Resources Control Board Financing for Newell Creek Pipeline Replacement Project (WT)
Resolution No. NS-30,182 was adopted authorizing the Water Department to be reimbursed by State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) for costs related to the Graham Hill Water Treatment Plant Facilities Improvement Project.

5.10 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6538
Consent Agenda (continued)

23. Felton Diversion Pipeline Emergency Repair Project (e702301) – Ratification of Plans and Specifications and Authorization to Advertise for Bids and Award Contract (WT)
Motion carried to ratify the plans and specifications for the Felton Diversion Pipeline Emergency Repair Project (e702301) and staff’s action to advertise for bids on the City’s website; authorize the Water Director to execute change orders within the approved project budget; find the project exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act; and authorize and direct the City Manager, or designee, to execute the contract per Resolution No. NS-27,563, and in a form approved by the City Attorney.

24. Regional Drought Resiliency Project: Scotts Valley Water District - City of Santa Cruz Intertie-1 Project (c702205) – Project Approval (WT) Motion carried to approve the Scotts Valley Water District - City of Santa Cruz Water Intertie-1 Project (c702205) considering the certified Santa Cruz Water Rights Project Final Environmental Impact Report and the Intertie-1 Project Addendum to the Santa Cruz Water Rights Project Final Environmental Impact Report.

End Consent Agenda
Consent Public Hearing
Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period. There were no speakers. Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period.

MOTION: Councilmember Brown moved, seconded by Councilmember Brunner, to approve the Consent Public Hearing Agenda.

ACTION: The motion carried with the following vote.

AYES: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner, KalantariJohnson; Mayor Keeley.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: Vice Mayor Golder.

DISQUALIFIED: None.

5.11 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6539
Consent Public Hearing (continued)

25. 2022-2023 HUD Annual Action Plan First Substantial Amendment for CDBG Funding Allocation & Budget Adjustment (ED)
Motion carried to:
 Adopt Resolution No. NS-30,183 to:
 Amend the 2022-2023 Annual Action Plan (AAP) to cancel the 2022 Program Year (PY) Darwin Street Renovation Project, allocate this funding to the Homeless Garden Project Office Renovation Project, and direct staff to submit the First Substantial Amendment documents to U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD); and  Approve the 2022-2023 AAP budget adjustment reallocating 2022-2023 Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funding from the Darwin Street Renovation Project to the Homeless Garden Project Office Renovation Project and appropriating the funds in the FY 2024 budget; and
 Authorize the City Manager to execute project contracts, loan or grant agreements, contract amendments and related loan or grant documents with (CDBG) sub-recipients, departments and contractors in connection with Consolidated Plan activities proposed in the 2022-2023 AAP First Substantial Amendment; and
 Adopt Resolution No. NS-30,184 to amend the FY 2024 budget to appropriate funds in the amount of $93,411 for the Homeless Garden Project renovations including, but not limited to mold, asbestos, lead remediation, roof repair, foundation work, and utility hookups.

Public Hearings

26. Resolution Establishing a Proposed Resource Recovery Collection Rates Increase Beginning on September 1, 2023 (PW)
Superintendent of Resource Recovery G. Sanchez gave a presentation and responded to Council questions.

Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period. The following people spoke.

Micah Posner
Sean Williamson

5.12 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6540
Public Hearings (continued)

26. Resolution Establishing a Proposed Resource Recovery Collection Rates Increase Beginning on September 1, 2023 (PW) (continued) Public Comment (continued):

Garrett Philipp
Michael
Nicolai Moore
Zav Hershfield
Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period.

Waste Reduction Manager L. O’Malley responded to Council questions.

MOTION: Councilmember Brown moved, seconded by Councilmember Kalantari-Johnson, to accept the cost-of-service report prepared by HF&H, Inc. which provides the basis for the proposed 5-year refuse rate increases between September 1, 2023 and September 1, 2027, and adopt Resolution No. NS-30,185 revising the schedule of fees for collection of refuse, garbage, trash and recyclables, enclosure maintenance fees, use rates for special containers and customer services, and rescinding Resolution No. NS-29,856.

ACTION: The motion carried unanimously with the following vote.

AYES: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner,
Kalantari-Johnson; Vice Mayor Golder; Mayor Keeley.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: None.

DISQUALIFIED: None.

At 5:24 p.m. Council took a break and returned at 5:48 p.m.

5.13 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6541
Public Hearings (continued)

27. Resolution of Necessity for Regional Drought Resiliency Project: Intertie 1 for Firehouse Lane Property, APN 067-202-60, Owned by C-SHORE, a Partnership, Robert R. and Edithanne Rittenhouse, and Denoyer F. and Nancy T. O’Laughlin (CA/WT)
Deputy City Attorney V. Thompson spoke and responded to Council questions.

Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period. There were no speakers.

Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period.

MOTION: Councilmember Watkins moved, seconded by Councilmember Brunner, to adopt Resolution of Necessity No. NS-30,186 finding that public interest and necessity require the acquisition of interests in certain real property on Assessor’s Parcel Number 067-202-60, located in the unincorporated area of Santa Cruz County, and authorizing the City Attorney to proceed with eminent domain proceedings to acquire the real property.

ACTION: The motion carried unanimously with the following vote.

AYES: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner,
Kalantari-Johnson; Vice Mayor Golder; Mayor Keeley.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: None.

DISQUALIFIED: None.

5.14 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6542
General Business

28. San Lorenzo Park Redesign Process (PR)
Director of Parks and Recreation T. Elliot introduced the item.

Park Planner N. Downing and Sarah Moos Thompson, Associate Principal/Project Leader with Bionic Landscape, Inc., gave a presentation and responded to Council questions.

Mayor Keeley opened the public comment period. The following people spoke.

Micah Posner
Andy Kreyche
Brad Snyder
Barbara Riverwoman
Bruce Van Allen
Shantanu Phukan
Susan Cavalieri
Leslie Wooding
John Golder
Laurie Egan
Mark Wenzer
Garrett Philipp
Mayor Keeley closed the public comment period.

MOTION: Councilmember Kalantari-Johnson moved, seconded by Councilmember Brunner, to receive an update, and accept the draft guiding principles and design goals for the San Lorenzo Park Redesign process.

FRIENDLY AMENDMENT: Mayor Keeley requested to amend the Guiding Principles to: Activate that area of the park which is on the upland side of the existing pathway.

FRIENDLY AMENDMENT: Councilmember Brunner requested to incorporate language in the Guiding Principles and Design Goals related to flood consideration.

After discussion, Mayor Keeley reworded his amendment as follows:
“Permanent structures shall be limited to the upland side of the existing pathway.” Councilmembers Kalantari-Johnson and Brunner did not accept.

5.15 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6543
General Business (continued)

28. San Lorenzo Park Redesign Process (PR) (continued)
After discussion, Councilmember Brunner reworded her friendly amendment as follows:

To incorporate language in guiding principles and design goals to preserve and enhance the flood control component of the park.

Councilmember Kalantari-Johnson accepted.

ACTION: The motion as amended carried unanimously with the following vote.

AYES: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown, Watkins, Brunner,
Kalantari-Johnson; Vice Mayor Golder; Mayor Keeley.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: None.

DISQUALIFIED: None.

Oral Communications Announcement - The Mayor provided a brief announcement about Oral Communications.

Oral Communications
At 7:38 p.m. Mayor Keeley opened Oral Communications for members of the public who wished to speak regarding items not listed on the City Council agenda.

Dustin Grey spoke regarding the parking on Golf Club Drive and requested the City to post “no overnight parking” signs on the street.

Eric Grodberg spoke regarding parking on the 100 block of May Avenue and the nearby proposed residential plan on Soquel Avenue.

Unidentified person spoke regarding the CZU Lightning Complex fire, the winter weather, Batman Day, and Weird Al’s birthday.

James Ewing Whitman spoke regarding public comment on presentations.

Unidentified person spoke regarding the retirement speech from a previous City employee.

Greg Benson spoke regarding the Pathways Program, expressing appreciation for City staff and Police.

5.16 August 8, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6544
At 7:53 p.m. Mayor Keeley closed Oral Communications.

Adjournment – Vice Mayor Golder moved, seconded by Councilmember Brown, to adjourn. By consensus City Council adjourned at 7:54 p.m.

Respectfully Submitted:

Julia Wood, Deputy City Clerk Administrator
Attest:

Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
Approved:

Fred Keeley, Mayor

5.17 MINUTES ARE UNOFFICIAL UNTIL APPROVED BY COUNCIL
City of Santa Cruz
809 Center Street
Santa Cruz, California 95060

MINUTES OF A CITY COUNCIL STUDY SESSION
August 15, 2023
1:30 PM
Call to Order – Vice Mayor Golder called the meeting to order at 1:35 p.m. in Council Chambers.

Roll Call

Present: Councilmembers Watkins, Brunner, Kalantari-Johnson; Vice Mayor Golder.

Absent: Councilmembers Newsome, Brown; Mayor Keeley.

Staff: City Manager M. Huffaker, Assistant City Manager L. Schmidt, City Attorney T. Condotti, Director of Public Works N. Nguyen, Director of Planning and Community Development L. Butler, Chief of Fire R. Oatey (via Zoom), Director of Economic Development and Housing B. Lipscomb (via Zoom), Chief People Officer S. De Leon (via Zoom), Finance Director E. Cabell (via Zoom), Director of Parks and Recreation T. Elliot (via Zoom), Director of Information Technology K. Morgan (via Zoom), Sustainability and Climate Action Manager T. Wise-West, Communications Manager E. Smart, Deputy City Clerk Administrator J.

Wood, City Clerk Administrator B. Bush.

General Business

1. Understanding the Dynamic Coast (CM)
Assistant City Manager L. Schmidt introduced the item and responded to Council questions.

Michael McCormick, President, Farallon Strategies, Sustainability and Climate Action Manager T. Wise-West, and Director of Public Works N. Nguyen gave a presentation and responded to Council questions.

Director of Planning and Community Development L. Butler responded to Council questions.

6.1 August 15, 2023 CITY COUNCIL MINUTES 6546
General Business (continued)

1. Understanding the Dynamic Coast (CM) (continued)
Vice Mayor Golder opened the public comment period. The following people spoke.

Unidentified person
James Ewing Whitman
Unidentified person
Unidentified person
Emmett Balassone
Unidentified person
Ron Goodman
Vice Mayor Golder closed the public comment period.

Council took a break at 2:42 p.m. and returned at 2:57 p.m.

Communications Manager E. Smart spoke.

Adjournment - City Council adjourned at 3:19 p.m.

Respectfully Submitted:

Julia Wood, Deputy City Clerk Administrator
Attest:

Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator
Approved:

Fred Keeley, Mayor

6.2 City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 07/31/2023
AGENDA OF: 08/22/2023
DEPARTMENT: City Clerk
SUBJECT: Update of Council Policy 6.5 (City Council Agenda - Order of Business),

6.6 (City Council Meetings - Oral Communications), and 6.7 (Lengthy Reports Distributed to Council), and the Councilmembers' Handbook (CC) RECOMMENDATION: Resolution updating Council Policies 6.5 and 6.6, and the Councilmembers' Handbook, to revise the timing for Oral Communications, as well as Council Policy 6.7 to further explain and define the policy.

BACKGROUND: At the June 27, 2023 Council meeting, staff presented Council with a variety of Council Policies to update. Council directed staff to work with the Mayor on revisions to policies 6.5 (City Council Agenda - Order of Business) and 6.6 (City Council Meetings - Oral Communications), as well as the Councilmembers' Handbook related to the scheduling of Oral Communications. Council also requested that staff revise the updates to Policy 6.7 (Lengthy Reports Distributed to Council) to better define “lengthy”.

DISCUSSION: At the Council's direction, staff met with the Mayor to discuss the scheduling of Oral Communications. It was determined that Oral Communications would be best heard at the start of the afternoon session, which would provide for a time-certain start time so members of the public wishing to address Council on items not listed on the agenda could have a better timeline of when they would be able to do so. The agenda published the Thursday or Friday before a meeting will provide the public with the time set for Oral Communications. Staff requests that Council adopt the resolution to amend policies 6.5 and 6.6 as presented. An update to the Order of Business section of the Councilmembers' Handbook is being requested in order to align with the policies, as follows:

ORDER OF BUSINESS
The business of the Council at regularly scheduled meetings shall be disposed of in the following order:

Afternoon Session (start time determined by Mayor):

Call to Order
Roll Call
Oral Communications

7.1 Administrative Business (Presentations; Presiding Officer’s Announcements; Statements of Disqualification; Additions and Deletions; Oral Communications Announcement; City Attorney Report on Closed Session; City Manager Report) Council Meeting Calendar
Consent Agenda
Council Business (Public Hearings and General Business) Oral Communications (could occur at the beginning of the evening session, if there is one.)
Adjournment (if no Evening Session is scheduled)
Recess to Evening Session (if scheduled)
Evening Session (start time determined by Mayor):

Call to Order
Roll Call
Oral Communications (if there is an Evening Session)
Administrative Business (Presentations)
Council Business (Public Hearings and General Business) Adjournment
Council Policy 6.7 (Lengthy Reports Distributed to Council): The motion from Council was to clarify the definition of “lengthy”. Staff has made further edits to the policy to clarify that this is pertaining to attachments to agenda reports that would use a lot of paper when printing multiple copies of the agenda packet. The City Clerk would make that determination, depending on the size of the packet.

FISCAL IMPACT: None.

Prepared By:

Bonnie Bush
City Clerk
Submitted By:

Laura Schmidt
Assistant City Manager
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. RESOLUTION.DOCX

2. COUNCIL POLICY 6.5 - CLEAN.DOC

3. COUNCIL POLICY 6.5 - WITH TRACK CHANGES.DOC

4. COUNCIL POLICY 6.6 - CLEAN.DOCX

5. COUNCIL POLICY 6.6 - WITH TRACK CHANGES.DOCX

6. COUNCIL POLICY 6.7 - CLEAN.DOC

7. COUNCIL POLICY 6.7 - WITH TRACK CHANGES.DOC

7.2 RESOLUTION NO. NS-XX,XXX

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CRUZ UPDATING COUNCIL POLICIES 6.5, 6.6, AND 6.7, AS WELL AS THE COUNCILMEMBERS’

HANDBOOK
WHEREAS, the City Council Policy Manual includes policies adopted by the City Council pertaining to how the City conducts its business; and
WHEREAS, staff is requesting updates to Council Policies 6.5 (City Council Agenda – Order of Business) and 6.6 (City Council Meetings – Oral Communications) related to the scheduling of Oral Communications within a regular Council meeting; and WHEREAS, moving Oral Communications to the start of the afternoon session allows for a time-certain so the public can better plan for addressing Council on items not on the agenda; and WHEREAS, the Councilmembers’ Handbook shall be updated as follows, to align with and mirror the updates to Policies 6.5 and 6.6, and
WHEREAS, staff prints multiple copies of every Council meeting agenda packet, which takes a lot of time and uses on average 400 pages of paper, so the intent of Council Policy 6.7 (Lengthy Reports Distributed to Council) was clarified to be related to agenda materials that are attached to reports; and
WHEREAS, lengthy attachments, identified by the City Clerk, dependent on the size of the packet, will be accessible by a link on the agenda report, as well a printed copy in the public lobby.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED the City Council of the City of Santa Cruz hereby adopts Council Policies 6.5, 6.6, and 6.7, and the Councilmembers’ Handbook.

PASSED AND ADOPTED this 8th day of August, 2023 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

DISQUALIFIED:

APPROVED: ______________________________
Fred Keeley, Mayor
ATTEST: _________________________________
Bonnie Bush, City Clerk Administrator

7.3 COUNCIL POLICY 6.5
POLICY TITLE CITY COUNCIL AGENDA—ORDER OF BUSINESS
POLICY STATEMENT:

The business of Council shall generally be disposed of in the following order:

CLOSED SESSION (start time determined by Mayor)
AFTERNOON SESSION (start time determined by Mayor)
Call to Order
Roll Call
Oral Communications
Administrative Business (Presentations; Presiding Officer’s Announcements; Statements of Disqualification; Additions and Deletions; City Attorney Report on Closed Session;) Review Council Meeting Calendar
Consent Agenda
Council Business (Consent Public Hearings, Public Hearings and General Business) Adjournment (if no Evening Session is scheduled)
Recess to Evening Session (if scheduled)
EVENING SESSION (start time determined by Mayor)
Call to Order
Roll Call
Administrative Business (Presentations)
Council Business (Public Hearings and General Business) Adjournment
Whenever necessary to expedite the business of the meeting or to accommodate members of the public, the presiding officer may alter the order of business (reference: Councilmember's Handbook).

AUTHORIZATION: Council Policy Manual Update of November 17, 1998 Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,245 on May 23, 2017

7.4 COUNCIL POLICY 6.5
POLICY TITLE CITY COUNCIL AGENDA—ORDER OF BUSINESS
POLICY STATEMENT:

The business of Council shall generally be disposed of in the following order:

CLOSED SESSION (start time determined by Mayor)
AFTERNOON SESSION (start time determined by Mayor)
Call to Order
Roll Call
Pledge of Allegiance
Oral Communications
Administrative Business (Introduction of New Employees; Presentations; Presiding Officer’s Announcements; Statements of Disqualification; Additions and Deletions; Oral Communications Announcement; City Attorney Report on Closed Session; City Manager Report)
Review Council Meeting Calendar
Consent Agenda
Council Business (Consent Public Hearings, Public Hearings and General Business) Administrative Business (Council Meeting Calendar; Council Memberships in City Groups and Outside Agencies)
Oral Communications (on or around 5 p.m.)
Items Not Completed Prior to Oral Communications)
Adjournment (if no Evening Session is scheduled)
Recess to Evening Session (if scheduled)
EVENING SESSION (start time determined by Mayor)
Call to Order
Roll Call
Administrative Business (Presentations)
Council Business (Public Hearings and General Business) Adjournment
Whenever necessary to expedite the business of the meeting or to accommodate members of the public, the presiding officer may alter the order of business (reference: Councilmember's Handbook).

AUTHORIZATION: Council Policy Manual Update of November 17, 1998 Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,245 on May 23, 2017

7.5 COUNCIL POLICY 6.6
POLICY TITLE CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS — ORAL COMMUNICATIONS POLICY STATEMENT:

In accordance with the Brown Act, every agenda for the 2nd and 4th Tuesday regular meetings of the Council will provide the public an opportunity to address the Council on matters not on the agenda but within the City Council’s subject matter jurisdiction. This period will be known as Oral Communications and will be governed as follows:

1. Oral Communications will be held at the beginning of the afternoon session.

2. Thirty (30) minutes* will be allocated for oral communications.

3. No individual will be allowed to speak for more than three minutes*.

4. No individual may speak more than once during the oral communication period.

5. All speakers must address the entire Council and will not be permitted to engage in dialogue.

6. In the interest of civil discourse, the same rules specified in the Council Rules of Procedure (Decorum) and principles for Rules of Debate shall apply for this section as well, and are hereby incorporated by reference. It shall be the responsibility of the presiding officer to ensure that Oral Communications are conducted in such a manner that avoids disruptive activity, promotes mutual respect, keeps comments focused on issues, and avoids personal attack.
* Time limits may be increased or decreased at the Mayor's discretion, though no requests for extra time made by groups will be approved.

AUTHORIZATION:Council Policy Manual Update of November 17, 1998 Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,246 on May 23, 2017
Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,388 on April 24, 2018
Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,478 on January 8, 2019
Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,926 on February 8, 2022

7.6 COUNCIL POLICY 6.6
POLICY TITLE CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS — ORAL COMMUNICATIONS POLICY STATEMENT:

In accordance with the Brown Act, every agenda for the 2nd and 4th Tuesday regular meetings of the Council will provide the public an opportunity to address the Council on matters not on the agenda but within the City Council’s subject matter jurisdiction. This period will be known as Oral Communications and will be governed as follows:

1. Oral Communications will be held at t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e a f t e r n o o n s e s s i o n . a time certain to be posted in the meeting agenda no less than 72 hours prior to a regular meeting.

2. If Oral Communications concludes earlier than the designated start time for the business portion of the meeting, Council shall recess and reconvene at the designated start time.

3.2. Thirty (30) minutes* will be allocated for oral communications.

4.3. No individual will be allowed to speak for more than three minutes*.

5.4. No individual may speak more than once during the oral communication period.

6. Individuals who did not speak at the previous Council meeting’s oral communications will be given first preference to speak.

7.5. All speakers must address the entire Council and will not be permitted to engage in dialogue.

8.6. In the interest of civil discourse, the same rules specified in the Council Rules of Procedure (Decorum) and principles for Rules of Debate shall apply for this section as well, and are hereby incorporated by reference. It shall be the responsibility of the presiding officer to ensure that Oral Communications are conducted in such a manner that avoids disruptive activity, promotes mutual respect, keeps comments focused on issues, and avoids personal attack.
* Time limits may be increased or decreased at the Mayor's discretion, though no requests for extra time made by groups will be approved..

AUTHORIZATION:Council Policy Manual Update of November 17, 1998 Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,246 on May 23, 2017
Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,388 on April 24, 2018
Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,478 on January 8, 2019
Revised by Resolution No. NS-29,926 on February 8, 2022

7.7 POLICY NUMBER 6.7

POLICY TITLE LENGTHY ATTACHMENTS DISTRIBUTED TO COUNCIL POLICY STATEMENT:

In an effort to save paper when printing multiple copies of an agenda packet, supporting agenda material, such as EIRs or project Plans and Specifications which are large in size, will be identified by the City Clerk and departments will be asked to save those materials on the city’s website and include a link on the agenda report. In addition, departments shall make the materials available in their office public lobby.

AUTHORIZATION: Council Policy Manual Update of November 17, 1998 l:\policy\revised\6-7.doc

7.8 POLICY NUMBER 6.7

POLICY TITLE LENGTHY REPORTS ATTACHMENTS DISTRIBUTED TO

COUNCIL
POLICY STATEMENT:

In an effort to save paper when printing multiple copies of an agenda packet, Ssupporting agenda material, such as EIRs or project Plans and Specifications which isare large in size, will too lengthy to be included in the Council agenda packet is to be identified by the City Clerk and departments will be asked to save those materials on the city’s website and include a link on the agenda report. In addition, departments shall make the materials available in their office public lobby. placed in the Council office for review on the Friday prior to the meeting.

Lengthy reports, such as EIRs, which are part of the background materials for agenda items are to be placed in Council boxes as soon as the reports are ready, rather than held for distribution with the agenda packets. Councilmembers will be notified when such reports have been placed in the Council boxes in advance.

AUTHORIZATION: Council Policy Manual Update of November 17, 1998

7.9 l:\policy\revised\6-7.doc

7.10 City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/10/2023
AGENDA OF: 08/22/2023
DEPARTMENT: Fire
SUBJECT: Purchase Price Increase of a 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis - Budget Adjustment (FD)
RECOMMENDATION: Motion to:
1) Approve the purchase price increase of a 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis in the amount of the original cost of $375,000 (from approved Capital Investment Program - CIP - project c212203) to the current cost of $455,150, which is an increase of $80,150 above the previously approved budget amount; and
2) Adopt a resolution amending the FY 2024 budget to transfer $45,000 from the City of Santa Cruz Fire Department project c212304 and $35,150 from Fire's current operating budget to FY 2024 CIP project number c212203 to cover the aforementioned total increase cost of $80,150.

BACKGROUND: The difference of $80,150, which is an increase of 17.6% over the budgeted amount is due to the fire apparatus industry dealing with large price increases and longer build times throughout the supply chain. These increases in price are due to post-COVID production, and inflation. It is anticipated that these prices and delivery times will continue to increase.

DISCUSSION: As part of the City’s purchasing processes, a “single source” may be authorized when a good or service needs to be procured in a timely way without a formal process. After reviewing a single source justification from the Fire Chief, Purchasing has determined that the proposed purchase meets the definition of a single source and recommends Council approve the purchase.

FISCAL IMPACT: The purchase of a 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis is in the funded Capital Investment Program, project number c212203 - Rescue Unit, with the price increase being covered by combining $45,000 from the City of Santa Cruz Fire Department project c212304 and $35,150 from Fire's current operating budget.

8.1 Prepared By:

Paul Horvat
Principal Management
Analyst
Submitted By:

Rob Oatey
Fire Chief
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager
ATTACHMENTS:

1. BUDGET ADJUSTMENT.PDF

2. EMERGENCY VEHICLE GROUP PRICE QUOTATION.PDF

3. PURCHASING MEMO - SINGLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION.DOCX

4. REV AMBULANCE GROUP LETTER PRICE INCREASE.PDF

5. REV AMBULANCE DEALER LETTER.PDF

8.2 City of Santa Cruz

BUDGET ADJUSTMENT REQUEST
$GPLQLVWUDWLYH$SSURYDO
)LVFDO<HDU

ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
255(9(18($&&28177,7/(
ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
25EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT TITLE
NET: $

REQUESTED BY DEPARTMENT HEAD

APPROVAL

BUDGET/ACCOUNTING
5(9,(:('

FINANCE DIRECTOR

APPROVAL

CITYMANAGER

APPROVAL
5HVR

352-(&7
352-(&7
$02817
$02817
&RXQFLO$SSURYDO

TOTAL EXPENDITURE

TOTALREVENUE
'DWH

1VSQPTF
3FWJTFE
/PWFNCFS


 Clear Form
2024
08/10/2023
Approve the purchase price increase of a 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis in the amount of the original cost of $375,000 to the current cost of $455,150, which is an increase of $80,150 above the previously approved budgeted amount. 311-00-00-0000-49101 c212203-912-0-0 Rescue Unit 35,150 311-00-00-0000-49180 c212304-963-0-0 From General CIP Reserve Fund -45,000 311-00-0000-49180 c212203-963-0-0 From General CIP Reserve Fund 45,000 35,150
311-21-00-9620-57402 c212203-100-2020-0 Rescue Unit 80,150 101-00-00-0000-59103 From General Fund to General CIP Fund 35,150 101-21-31-2202-54202 equipment purchases - non capital -17,575 101-21-32-2203-52199 Other professional and technical services -17,575 311-21-31-2202-57490 c212304-100-2020-0 Fire Station 3 Sewer Line -45,000 350-00-00-0000-59103 From General Fund CIP Reserve -45,000 350-00-00-0000-59103 From General Fund CIP Reserve 45,000 35,150
0 Kimberle
e Steele
Digitally signed by Kimberlee
Steele
DN: cn=Kimberlee Steele, o=Fire
Department, ou=Administration,
[email protected]
m, c=US
Date: 2023.08.10 15:58:56 -07'00'
Robert
Oatey
Digitally signed
by Robert Oatey
Date: 2023.08.10
15:40:59 -07'00'
Tracy
Cole
Digitally signed by Tracy Cole
DN: cn=Tracy Cole, o=City of
Santa Cruz, ou=Finance,
[email protected],
c=US
Date: 2023.08.11 08:56:07
-07'00'
Elizabet
h Cabell
Digitally signed by Elizabeth Cabell
DN: cn=Elizabeth Cabell, o=City of Santa Cruz,
ou=Finance Department,
[email protected], c=US
Date: 2023.08.11 12:24:22 -07'00'

8.3 President & CEO
August 2, 2023
Santa Cruz Fire Department
230 Walnut Ave
Sincerely,
Travis Grinstead
Attention: Battalion Chief Robert Davis
Battalion Chief Robert Davis
On behalf of Emergency Vehicle Group, Inc., I would like to thank you for the opportunity to provide you with the following offer for Santa Cruz Fire Department to purchase One (1) 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis.

Emergency Vehicle Group, Inc. (EVG) is proud to be in the business of serving those who bravely serve our communities and help ensure the safety of our families and friends. Our pledge is to offer you the same quality of service and expertise that is demanded from you. Over the years we have introduced fire departments, municipalities and private companies to the absolute best in service, sales and support for emergency vehicle products.

We proudly serve California, Arizona and Nevada and offer you premium custom products along with the best value available in the industry. EVG accomplishes this by representing Spartan Emergency Response, SMEAL Fire Apparatus, Ladder Tower, SVI Trucks, Unruh Fire, Wheeled Coach Ambulance and Road Rescue Ambulance as well as offering ambulance remount services and command vehicles built by EVG.

EVG employs EVT and ASE Certified Mechanics with decades of experience in servicing emergency vehicles, fire apparatus and ambulances. EVG recognizes the importance of these vehicles as a life saving device and take great pride in serving those that bravely serve and protect us. Our corporate office and service facility is located in Anaheim, CA.

Our mission is to develop long-term relationships and provide our customers with “honest, intelligent effort” in everything we do for you. We are committed to do whatever it takes to surpass customers’ expectations by continually improving upon what we do.

All of us at Emergency Vehicle Group, Inc. believe in long-term relationships and we look forward to the opportunity of working with you and Santa Cruz Fire Department. I would again like to thank you for the opportunity. Everyone at EVG offers you our sincere pledge of “Honest, Intelligent Effort” in everything we do for you now, and in the future.

RE: Offer to Provide One (1) 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) Santa Cruz, CA 95060
SantaCruzFD_CA_Road_Rescue_MD_Ambulance EVG Order Summary Rev 10.8.xlsm 2883 E. Coronado St. Anaheim, CA 92806
Tel: 714-238-0110 Fax: 714-238-0120
www.evginc.net 8.4
Said apparatus and/or equipment to be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications/work order reference number and any associated drawing(s) as provided. The specifications/work order/drawings herein contained will form a part of the final contract and are subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by Emergency Vehicle Group, Inc. of the purchase order or executed contract, and provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of the apparatus.

The apparatus and/or equipment will be ready for delivery approximately 750 days after receipt of valid purchase order or executed contract, not including chassis and materials delays, or other causes beyond our control.

The proposal for apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of the proposal, and with all applicable guidelines for Emergency Apparatus as published at time of the proposal, except as modified by the referenced specifications. Any increased costs incurred by the seller because of future changes in or additions to said standards will be passed along to the customer as an addition to the price set forth above.

Unless accepted within 30 days from date of proposal (listed above), the right is reserved to withdraw this proposition.

Respectfully Submitted, Travis Grinstead
President & CEO

PROPOSAL
Price Each Extended Price
Battalion Chief Robert Davis August 2, 2023
Santa Cruz Fire Department
230 Walnut Ave
Santa Cruz, CA 95060
The undersigned is prepared to provide for the Santa Cruz Fire Department, upon receipt of a valid purchase order or a fully executed contract for final acceptance by Emergency Vehicle Group, the apparatus and equipment herein named and for the following prices:

Description
CA Sales Tax (Based on Rate of 9.25%)
Tire Fee $10.50
Document Fee $85.00
$10.50
$85.00
$38,528.47
$0.00 $0.00
$455,147.97
$0.00
$0.00 $0.00
One (1) 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis
$0.00 $0.00
$455,147.97
$416,524.00
$0.00
$38,528.47
$0.00
Total Purchase Price
$416,524.00
$0.00
SantaCruzFD_CA_Road_Rescue_MD_Ambulance EVG Order Summary Rev 10.8.xlsm 2883 E. Coronado St. Anaheim, CA 92806
Tel: 714-238-0110 Fax: 714-238-0120
www.evginc.net 8.5
This Purchase Agreement (together with all attachments referenced herein, the "Agreement"), made and entered into by and between Emergency Vehicle Group, Inc, a Nevada corporation ("EVG"), and Santa Cruz Fire Department ("Customer") is effective as of the date specified in Section 3 hereof.

1. Definitions.
a. "Product" means the apparatus and any associated equipment manufactured or furnished for the Customer by EVG pursuant to the Specifications
b. "Specifications" means the general specifications, technical specifications, training, and testing requirements for the Product contained in the EVG Proposal for the Product
c. "EVG Proposal" means the proposal provided by EVG attached as an attachment prepared in response to the Customer's request
d. "Delivery" means the date EVG is prepared to make physical possession of the Product available to the Customer e. "Acceptance" The Customer shall have fifteen (15) calendar days of Delivery to inspect the Product for substantial conformance with the material Specifications; unless EVG receives a Notice of Defect within fifteen (15) calendar days of Delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with the Specifications and accepted by the Customer

2. Purpose. This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of EVG's sale of the Product to the Customer.

3. Term of Agreement. This Agreement will become effective on the date it is signed and approved by EVG's authorized representative pursuant to Section 22 hereof ("Effective Date") and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, it will terminate upon the Customer's Acceptance and payment in full of the Purchase Price.

4. Purchase and Payment. The Customer agrees to purchase the Product specified for the total purchase price of Four Hundred Fifty Five Thousand One Hundred Forty Seven Dollars and Ninety Seven Cents ($455,147.97) ("Purchase Price"). Prices are in U.S. funds.

5. Future Changes. Various state or federal regulatory agencies (e.g. NFPA, KKK, DOT, EPA) may require changes to the Specifications and/or the Product and in any such event any resulting cost increases incurred to comply there with will be added to the Purchase Price to be paid by the Customer. In addition, any future drive train upgrades (engine, transmission, axles, etc.), or any other specification changes have not been calculated into our annual increases and will be provided at additional cost. To the extent practicable, EVG will document and itemize any such price increases for the Customer.

6. Agreement Changes. The Customer may request that EVG incorporate a change to the Products or the Specifications for the Products by delivering a change order to EVG; provided, however, that any such change order must be in writing and include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit EVG to evaluate the feasibility of such change ("Change Order"). Within [seven (7) business days of receipt of a Change Order, EVG will inform the Customer in writing of the feasibility of the Change Order, the earliest possible implementation date for the Change Order, of any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and of any effect on production scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order. EVG shall not be liable to the Customer for any delay in performance or Delivery arising from any such Change Order. A Change Order is only effective when counter-signed by EVG's authorized representative.

Purchase Agreement
SantaCruzFD_CA_Road_Rescue_MD_Ambulance EVG Order Summary Rev 10.8.xlsm 2883 E. Coronado St. Anaheim, CA 92806
Tel: 714-238-0110 Fax: 714-238-0120
www.evginc.net 8.6
Purchase Agreement for Emergency Apparatus (continued)

7. Cancellation/Termination. In the event this Agreement is cancelled or terminated by a party before completion, EVG may charge a cancellation fee. The following charge schedule based on costs incurred may be applied: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by EVG; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of approval drawings, and; (c) 30% of the Purchase Price upon any material requisition. The cancellation fee will increase accordingly as costs are incurred as the order progresses through engineering and into manufacturing. EVG endeavors to mitigate any such costs through the sale of such Product to another purchaser; however Customer shall remain liable for the difference between the Purchase Price and, if applicable, the sale price obtained by EVG upon sale of the Product to another purchaser, plus any costs incurred by EVG to conduct any such sale.

8. Delivery, Inspection and Acceptance. (a) Delivery. Delivery of the Product is scheduled to be within 750 days of the Effective Date of this Agreement, F.O.B. Santa Cruz CA. Risk of loss shall pass to Customer upon Delivery. (b) Inspection and Acceptance. Upon Delivery, Customer shall have fifteen (15) days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the material Specifications, and in the event of substantial non-conformance to the material Specifications to furnish EVG with written notice sufficient to permit EVG to evaluate such non-conformance ("Notice of Defect"). Any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by EVG within thirty (30) days from the Notice of Defect. In the event EVG does not receive a Notice of Defect within fifteen ( 15) days of Delivery, Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and Accepted by Customer.

9. Notice. Any required or permitted notices hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each party set forth below, or to such other address as either party may substitute by written notice to the other in the manner contemplated herein, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally-recognized private express courier:

Emergency Vehicle Group, Inc.
2883 East Coronado Street
Amaheim, CA 92806
Santa Cruz Fire Department
230 Walnut Ave
Santa Cruz, CA 95060

10. Standard Warranty. Any applicable warranties are attached hereto and made a part hereof. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in writing by EVG's authorized representative. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER EVG, ITS AUTHORIZED MANUFACTURERS,

AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, LICENSORS OR SUPPLIERS, THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES,

SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES, MAKE ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE

PRODUCTS PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF

MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES REPRESENTATIVES OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall EVG be liable for consequential, incidental or punitive damages incurred by Customer or any third party in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, tort, contract, strict liability, statutory liability, indemnity, whether resulting from non-delivery or from EVG's own negligence, or otherwise.

SantaCruzFD_CA_Road_Rescue_MD_Ambulance EVG Order Summary Rev 10.8.xlsm 2883 E. Coronado St. Anaheim, CA 92806
Tel: 714-238-0110 Fax: 714-238-0120
www.evginc.net 8.7
Purchase Agreement for Emergency Apparatus (continued)

11. Insurance. EVG maintains the following limits of insurance with a carrier(s) rated A- or better by AM. Best:

Commercial General Liability Insurance:

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000
Each Occurrence: $1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance:

Aggregate: $2,000,000
Each Occurrence: $2,000,000
The Customer may request: (x) EVG to provide the Customer with a copy of a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above; (y) to be included as an additional insured for Commercial General Liability (subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable EVG insurance policy); and (z) all policies to provide a 30 day notice of cancellation to the named insured

12. Indemnity. The Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless EVG, its officers, employees, manufacturers, agents or subcontractors, from any and all claims, costs, judgments, liability, loss, damage, attorneys' fees or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, but without limitation, personal injury and death) to all property and persons caused by, resulting from, arising out of or occurring in connection with the Customer's purchase, installation or use of goods sold or supplied by EVG which are not caused by the sole negligence of EVG.

13. Force Majeure. EVG shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond EVG's control which make EVG's performance impracticable, including but not limited to civil wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

14. Default. True occurrence of one or more of the following shall constitute a default under this Agreement: (a) the Customer fails to pay when due any amounts under this Agreement or to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (b) EVG fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (c) either party becomes insolvent or become subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either party to induce the other to enter into this Agreement is false in any material respect; (e) the Customer dissolves, merges, consolidates or transfers a substantial portion of its property to another entity; or (f) the Customer is in default or has breached any other contract or agreement with EVG.

15. Manufacturer's Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer's statement of origin ("MSO") for the Product covered by this Agreement shall remain in the possession of EVG until the entire Purchase Price has been paid. If more than one Product is covered by this Agreement, then the MSO for each individual Product shall remain in the possession of EVG until the Purchase Price for that Product has been paid in full. In case of any default in payment, EVG may take full possession of the Product, and any payments that have been made shall be applied as payment for the use of the Product up to the date of taking possession.

16. Independent Contractors. The relationship of the parties established under this Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venture of or with the other.

17. Assignment. Neither party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written SantaCruzFD_CA_Road_Rescue_MD_Ambulance EVG Order Summary Rev 10.8.xlsm 2883 E. Coronado St. Anaheim, CA 92806
Tel: 714-238-0110 Fax: 714-238-0120
www.evginc.net 8.8
Purchase Agreement for Emergency Apparatus (continued)
President & CEO

18. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, this Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

19. Facsimile Signatures. The delivery of signatures to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be binding as original signatures.20.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall be the exclusive agreement between the parties for the Product. Additional or different terms proposed by the Customer shall not be applicable, unless accepted in writing by EVG's authorized representative. No change in, modification of, or revision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by EVG's authorized representative.

21. Conflict. In the event of a conflict between the Customer Specifications and the EVG Proposal, the EVG Proposal shall control. In the event there is a conflict between the EVG Proposal and this Agreement, the EVG Proposal shall control.

22. Signatures. This Agreement is not effective unless and until it is approved, signed and dated by EVG Manufacturing, Inc.' s authorized representative.

Title
Santa Cruz Fire Department:

Signature
Printed Name
Title
Date
8/2/2023
Date
Emergency Vehicle Group:

Signature
Travis Grinstead
Printed Name
SantaCruzFD_CA_Road_Rescue_MD_Ambulance EVG Order Summary Rev 10.8.xlsm 2883 E. Coronado St. Anaheim, CA 92806
Tel: 714-238-0110 Fax: 714-238-0120
www.evginc.net 8.9

MEMORANDUM
DATE: August 8, 2023
TO: Elizabeth Millwee, Purchasing Manager
SUBJECT: Single Source Justification for Purchase of a type 1 2027 Road Rescue Type I Ultramedic Ambulance(s) on a Freightliner M2-106, 4 x 2, Diesel Powered Two Door Standard Cab Chassis.

The supply chain issues and workforce challenges for all fire apparatus vendors have led to significant supply and delivery issues for the entire fire service. Timelines for build and delivery for all apparatus vendors are now up to 36 months. These extended build times have a direct effect on the vendors ability to supply parts necessary for critical repairs and maintenance. This extended build time is a universal challenge across the entire fire apparatus manufacturer landscape. Fire departments across the country are struggling to place orders and address similar fleet issues. While navigating these challenges, I have asked my apparatus team to explore options to ensure we can maintain apparatus in order to ensure emergency response within our city. Emergency Vehicle Group (EVG) has committed to shorter delivery times. They can deliver the type 1 rescue one year sooner than the other vendors.

Please let me know if you have any follow-up questions or need the fire department to provide any additional information or justification to fulfill this request. Thank you for your time and assistance with this process.

Respectfully,
Robert Oatey
Fire Chief
Santa Cruz Fire Department

8.10 Dear REV Ambulance Dealers,
We are all navigating unprecedented cost increases and our business has not been immune to these economic conditions. Our factories have received significant price increase notifications from core suppliers of ambulance components and materials.

Suppliers issuing price increases in the past 90 days include EVS, Federal Signal, IMMI, Liquid Spring, Stryker, USSC, Vanner, and Ziamatic, among others.

While we have worked diligently to negotiate the best pricing possible across our supply base, the cumulative impact of these increases has driven up ambulance conversion costs significantly at the start of this year. Below is a chart that shows the breadth and depth of the price increases impacting our manufacturing costs, with projections for continued inflationary pressure for the next 12 months.

Area Commentary Prior
Impact
Current
Exposure
Cumulative
Metals Strong global demand for both aluminum and steel 17% 10% 27% Fabrications High impact of material costs and increased labor costs 10% 5% 15% Electronics Surge in demand for connectors, microprocessors, wire, and switches
12% 10% 22%
Medical
Equipment
Rising raw materials and transportation costs 5% 5% 10% Wood Rising demand with home construction and remodeling surge
10% 15% 25%
Coatings Chemicals, pigments, and additives cost increases with automotive demand increasing
7% 12% 19%
Plastics Demand for HDPE, PP, and feedstocks strong, limiting molded plastic supply
11% 5% 16%
A note on chassis: We expect future OEM chassis prices will also reflect the current inflationary environment. Based upon our experience, market conditions, inflation data, and availability issues, we are anticipating increases on chassis between 5% and 9% increase per year over the next two model years. We recognize that this outlook is higher than historical experience and are providing this estimation based on our research and opinion of the market conditions.

We recognize the significance of these actions and appreciate your support in being a valued dealer partner for REV Group and look forward to meeting our customers’ needs together.

Sincerely,
As a result of these conditions, effective today, we will implement a 9% increase on modular units, 9% increase on vans and 5% increase on remounts across REV Ambulance Group.

8.11 As of this morning, we can report that our teams and facilities at REV Orlando in Florida and have weathered Hurricane Ian relatively well. I hope that also holds true for your businesses and your loved ones affected by the storm.

In our last dealer call and pricing update in early June, we indicated we would be closely monitoring producer pricing indices and our supply chain to inform future pricing actions.

Unfortunately, we have seen conditions further deteriorate as prices are holding at all-time highs and availability of components and parts are at all-time lows. Additionally, the rising cost of labor, energy, and logistics, continues to challenge each of our facilities as we work through our backlogs at a reduced rate of production.

On a positive note, we have experienced a surge in chassis deliveries in the last quarter; however, we anticipate that chassis OEM performance, mix and delivery commitments will continue to be inconsistent and unpredictable in the year ahead. This volatility will be further exacerbated by the macro-economic effects of unstable exchange rates, energy costs, pandemic responses in Asia, and geo-political conflict. We recognize that your businesses are also experiencing the repercussions of these many challenges and that your cash flows are directly impacted by the lower levels of production in our facilities.

As we look at current lead times of two years or more, we are working to establish pricing that anticipates forward conditions while also avoiding the need to reprice orders in the backlog in the future.

Please note the following commercial actions being taken across REV Ambulance Group, effective immediately:

1. Pricing Increase on all New Vehicle Orders:
 we will implement a 7% increase on all new modular unit conversions and a 7% increase on all new van conversions. This increase includes a 7% increase on all options, except for Stryker and ZeroRPM options which will remain at current price.
 Remount pricing will not change at this time.
 For current active quotes, only quotes that have already been submitted to customers in response to active RFPs/bids will be protected for 60 days from when they were quoted by the factory.
 There will be no price protection for quotes that are work-in-process.

8.12  Proof of proposal submission date must accompany inbound order paperwork.  If the RFP/bid being pursued requires quote validity beyond 60 days, published bid language must also be provided to the factory with the order paperwork.  If a quote is not accompanied by proof of proposal submission, the order will be repriced and updated upon receipt, regardless of the date quoted in Quote Writer or HS1.
 All standing discount programs remain suspended (e.g., multi-vehicle, conquest, etc.).
 We will support dealer efforts to modify state and cooperative pricing agreements.

Please work directly with your brand sales directors.

2. Chassis Invoicing: Chassis OEMs have adjusted their invoicing policies and made it clear to REV Group that pricing increases will be passed through. As such, any chassis pricing provided by REV Group is only an estimate. If prices change, dealers will be notified of the final chassis price when REV Group receives the invoice from the OEM.

Your final vehicle invoice will include chassis pricing that reflects final OEM pricing at the time of delivery.

3. 4.

5. Long-term chassis supply: We continue to be heavily engaged with OEMs, elected officials, our industry peers, and national EMS associations to resolve the ambulance chassis shortage. One outcome of this work has been a joint letter sent by the Fire and Ambulance industry associations to the Department of Transportation which has opened a new dialogue with senior administration officials in DOT, FEMA, and Commerce.

8.13 We will continue to engage and seek out a long-term solution to achieve consistency and predictability in emergency vehicle chassis supply. We encourage each of you to reach out to government officials on this issue and share the industry association letter. We’re grateful to all of you that have already been engaged.

Best regards,

8.14 City Council

AGENDA REPORT
DATE: 08/10/2023
AGENDA OF: 08/22/2023
DEPARTMENT: Fire
SUBJECT: Purchase Price Increase of One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck - Budget Adjustment (FD) RECOMMENDATION: Motion to:
1) Approve the purchase price increase of a One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck from the original cost of $1,500,000 (from approved Capital Investment Program - CIP - project c212305) to the current cost of $1,782,080, which is an increase of $282,080 above the previously approved budget amount; and 2) Adopt a resolution amending the FY 2024 budget to transfer $282,080 from the City of Santa Cruz General Fund to FY 2024 CIP project number c212305 to cover the aforementioned cost increase.

BACKGROUND: Since January 1, 2020, the fire apparatus industry has experienced a rapidly evolving, high inflationary market, resulting in economic and global supply chain issues. During this time, the industry has experienced approximately 33% in price increases for cost of goods, inflation, labor, etc., and an additional 6% for commodities such as steel and aluminum. In addition, prices have risen 18% on new engine design requirements that comply with Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) 2027 regulations.

DISCUSSION: As part of the City’s purchasing processes, a “single source” may be authorized when a good or service needs to be procured in a timely way without a formal process. After reviewing a single source justification from the Fire Chief, Purchasing has determined that the proposed purchase meets the definition of a single source and recommends Council approve the purchase.

FISCAL IMPACT: The purchase of this Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck was identified as a priority level one project in the City's Capital Investment Program, project number c212305 - Fire Engine Ladder. The additional fiscal impact to the General Fund is $282,080. The total purchase price is $1,782,080.

Prepared By:

Paul Horvat
Principal Management
Analyst
Submitted By:

Rob Oatey
Fire Chief
Approved By:

Matt Huffaker
City Manager

9.1 ATTACHMENTS:

1. BUDGET ADJUSTMENT.PDF

2. PURCHASING MEMO - SINGLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION.DOCX

3. GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS PRICE QUOTATION.PDF

9.2 City of Santa Cruz

BUDGET ADJUSTMENT REQUEST
$GPLQLVWUDWLYH$SSURYDO
)LVFDO<HDU

ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
255(9(18($&&28177,7/(
ACCOUNT 352-(&71$0(
LIDSSOLFDEOH
25EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT TITLE
NET: $

REQUESTED BY DEPARTMENT HEAD

APPROVAL

BUDGET/ACCOUNTING
5(9,(:('

FINANCE DIRECTOR

APPROVAL

CITYMANAGER

APPROVAL
5HVR

352-(&7
352-(&7
$02817
$02817
&RXQFLO$SSURYDO

TOTAL EXPENDITURE

TOTALREVENUE
'DWH

1VSQPTF
3FWJTFE
/PWFNCFS


 Clear Form
2024
08/10/2023
Approve the purchase price increase of a One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck from the original cost of $1,500,000 to the current cost of $1,782,080, which is an increase of $282,080 above previously approved budgeted amount.
311-00-00-0000-49180 c212305-963-0-0 From General CIP Reserve Fund 282,080 350-00-00-0000-49101 Transfer-in from General Fund 282,080 564,160
311-21-31-2202-57402 c212305-100-2020-0 Fire Engine Ladder Pierce Tiller 100 282,080 350-00-00-0000-59103 To General CIP Fund 282,080
101-00-00-0000-59175 From General Fund to General CIP Reserve Fund 282,080 846,240
-282,080
Kimberle
e Steele
Digitally signed by Kimberlee
Steele
DN: cn=Kimberlee Steele, o=Fire
Department, ou=Administration,
[email protected]
m, c=US
Date: 2023.08.10 16:09:50 -07'00'
Robert
Oatey
Digitally signed
by Robert Oatey
Date: 2023.08.10
16:29:45 -07'00'
Tracy
Cole
Digitally signed by Tracy Cole
DN: cn=Tracy Cole, o=City of
Santa Cruz, ou=Finance,
[email protected],
c=US
Date: 2023.08.11 09:02:49
-07'00'
Elizabet
h Cabell
Digitally signed by Elizabeth Cabell
DN: cn=Elizabeth Cabell, o=City of Santa Cruz,
ou=Finance Department,
[email protected], c=US
Date: 2023.08.11 12:25:59 -07'00'

9.3 MEMORANDUM
DATE: August 8, 2023
TO: Elizabeth Cabell, Finance Director
SUBJECT: Single Source Justification for Purchase of a One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck
The supply chain issues and workforce challenges for all fire apparatus vendors have led to significant supply and delivery issues for the entire fire service. Timelines for build and delivery for all apparatus vendors are now up to 36 months. These extended build times have a direct effect on the vendors ability to supply parts necessary for critical repairs and maintenance. This extended build time is a universal challenge across the entire fire apparatus manufacturer landscape. Fire departments across the country are struggling to place orders and address similar fleet issues. While navigating these challenges, I have asked my apparatus team to explore options to ensure we can maintain apparatus in order to ensure emergency response within our city. Pierce has committed to shorter delivery times.

Since January 1, 2020 – we have experienced a rapidly evolving, high inflationary market due to the pandemic and resulting economic and global supply chain climate. During this time, we have experienced approximately 33% in price increases (cost of goods, inflation, labor, etc.) and an additional 6% for commodities such as steel and aluminum. Then on top of that, Cummins prices have risen 18% as they announced a new engine design that will be compliant with the EPA’s 2027 regulations a full year early on 01/01/2026.

The City staff has done due diligence to review the producer price index for total manufacturing which has shown an increase from January 2021 to January 2023. The Producer Price Index (PPI) program through the Federal Bureau of Labor Statistics measures the average change over time in the selling prices received by domestic producers for their output. Therefore, staff do believe this cost increase of $282,080 is in alignment with the overall increases seen in this index as it reflects a 25% increase to the initial price.

Additionally, in order to ensure proper training and maintenance of this highly technical piece of fire equipment, it is imperative that we have the same make/model (Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Ladder Truck) to ensure the needs and requirements put on both operators and mechanics are met. The vendor, Golden State Fire Apparatus, also is a critical piece in the effort to maintain consistency as they cover all warranty work and proactively collaborate with both operators and mechanics to ensure safe and effective operation and proper maintenance.

Please let me know if you have any follow-up questions or need the fire department to provide any additional information or justification to fulfill this request. Thank you for your time and assistance with this process.

Respectfully,

9.4 MEMORANDUM
Robert Oatey
Fire Chief
Santa Cruz Fire Department
CC: Elizabeth Millwee, Purchasing Manager

9.5 PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ

FIRE DEPARTMENT
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial

9.6 Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com

9.7 JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL

9.8 OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($355,231.16) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B

9.9 goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Santa Cruz Fire Department 230 Walnut Avenue
Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Sales Consultant
Rich Myers
[email protected]
Mobile: (831) 251-8931
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF SANTA CRUZ (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, as applicable and if approved by GSFA).

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 07/31/2023 08/31/2023 40731-23A 939 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1, ID #234,
Member #26502

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 1,952,235.13 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (324,510.90) C SUBTOTAL 1,627,724.23
D 9.25% State Sales Tax 150,564.49
E California Tire Fee 14.00
F 100% Performance Bond 3,777.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,782,079.72

9.10 goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 44.5 to 47.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby. [Signature Page Follows]

9.11 goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 07/31/2023, GSFA Proposal Number 40731-23A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER
AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
_______________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA
AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
_______________________________________
Date

9.12 OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

9.13 goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Santa Cruz Fire Department 230 Walnut Avenue
Santa Cruz, CA 95060
Sales Consultant
Rich Myers
[email protected]
Mobile: (831) 251-8931
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF SANTA CRUZ (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) (as such amount may be adjusted by Change Order in accordance with the Terms and Conditions) to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 07/31/2023 08/31/2023 40731-23B 939 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC-1, ID #234,
Member #26502

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 107’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 1,952,235.13 B 9.25% State Sales Tax 180,581.75
C California Tire Fee 14.00
D 100% Performance Bond 4,480.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,137,310.88

9.14 goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 44.5 to 47.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby. [Signature Page Follows]

9.15 goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 07/31/2023, GSFA Proposal Number 40731-23B to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER
AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
_______________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA
AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:
_______________________________________
Signature
_______________________________________
Print Name
_______________________________________
Title
_______________________________________
Date

9.16 JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 9.17
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
e. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
k. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
l. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
m. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. n. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

9.18 2
c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

9.19 3

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate the feasibility of such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility. GSFA shall not be responsible for any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump) after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all

9.20 4
associated taxes and fees thereon) occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changesrequired or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA

9.21 5
has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

9.22 6

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

9.23 7
GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein.

No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

9.24 JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 9.25
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766599 Boiler Plates, Tiller

GSFA is pleased to submit a proposal to the City of Santa Cruz FD for a Pierce® Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (25) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The 7/31/2023
Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE
DEPT
Bid Number: 939
Representative Myers, Rich Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Santa Cruz Enforcer 107' Tiller
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)
Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
Bid #: 939 1

9.26 transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by GSEVS by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Bid #: 939 2

9.27 Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0018180 Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2016 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349 Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613 Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

Bid #: 939 3

9.28 0681279 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1901 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0535579 Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

Bid #: 939 4

9.29 0807710 Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0626490 Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be max OAH of the tiller cab shall not exceed 10'10" or 130".
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 160.00".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600.
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0889469 Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x

3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.

Bid #: 939 5

9.30 0629940 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0010427 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor Max MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0604672 Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x

12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 12.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530461 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 0544242 Top Speed of Vehicle, 58 MPH/93
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 58 MPH/93KPH. 0555352 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 312
EX, Air Ride, 31,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 312 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 31,000 lb.

The suspension will have the following features:
- Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
- Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).

Bid #: 939 6

9.31 0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0654797 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

9.00", Steel, Hub Pilot, Single

The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 9.00" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,

11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0602747 No Tire Pressure Indicator, Fire
Department Omits, Non-NFPA 2016
Compliant

TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 4.13.4 requires each tire be equipped with a visual indicator or monitoring system that indicates tire pressure.

Per Fire Department specification, a tire pressure indicator is not on the apparatus as manufactured. This apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards effective at time of contract execution.
0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003246 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Tiller Axle
HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0013246 Axle Hub Covers without center hole,
S/S, Front Axle
HUB COVERS (front)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. 0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0601010 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0601009 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Aerials

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire. 0020670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single
Axle, Tiller

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking system.

The chassis ABS will provide four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on the front and rear axle.

The trailer ABS will provide two (2) channel anti-lock braking control on the tiller axle.

A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

A tiller trailer ABS fault lamp will be provided in the tiller cab and the chassis cab.

Two (2) connectors are provided to read the diagnostics for each ABS system. The two (2) diagnostic systems communicate on different protocols requiring different diagnostics - SAEJ1587 versus J1939.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0803729 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63"
The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.

Dust shields cannot be provided.

Bid #: 939 7

9.32 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0637584 Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587034 Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat,
2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-IP, with coalescing filter and heater. 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0813346 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting AIR INLET/OUTLET One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located in the driver side lower step well of cab. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0070810 All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0808503 Engine, Cummins X15, 605 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X15
Power:
605 hp at 1800 rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000 rpm
Governed Speed:
2100 rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:
912 cubic inches (14.9L)
Starter:

Delco 39MT™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins. 0811409 Not Required, Engine Contingency
Adjustment
Bid #: 939 8

9.33 0730808 Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0657451 Heater, 1500 Watt Immersion,
Thermostatically Controlled,
Shoreline

ENGINE HEATER
A 1,500 watt, 120 volt, immersion type engine heater will be installed. The AC power inlet will be connected to the shoreline. The heater is thermostatically controlled. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0794743 Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15, MX13,
Engine, Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single Module™ aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels.

A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0690480 Exhaust, Modified for Plymovent
System, 7.00" Diffuser, Flush W/
Rubrail, CARE

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 90 degree angle from the truck.

The tail pipe will terminate flush with the body rubrail, adaptable for the Plymovent system. The diameter of the diffuser will be 7.00". There will be a clearance of 4.00" completely around the pipe once past the side of the body. A stop will be provided on the tail pipe that will prevent the nozzle from sliding too far on.

Bid #: 939 9

9.34 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0565944 Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Rear
Fill, Tractor Chassis, Sgl Axle

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0763582 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill,
Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only".

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.

0578959 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.

Bid #: 939 10 9.35
0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0512762 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4500, Imp/Vel/Qtm/DCF/Enf

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be: 1st - 4.70 to 1.00, 2nd - 2.21 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.53 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.76 to 1.00, 6th - 0.67 to 1.00, R - 5.55 to 1.00. 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0522824 Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to 3rd gear from 6th gear, resulting in improved engine braking performance.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0509229 Steering Wheel, 2 Spoke STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 2- spoke design.
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: SANTA
The second row of text will be: CRUZ
The third row of text will be: FIRE
0603633 Bumper, Non-Extended, Steel,
Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer

BUMPER
A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange. The bumper will be metal finished and painted to match the apparatus.

A 9.00" formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0614646 No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel,
AXT, SFR/Enf
Bid #: 939 11 9.36
0049964 Tow Eyes, Painted Black, Extended
Out Front of Bumper

TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes will be mounted through the front face of the bumper.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius.

The tow eyes will be mounted directly to the bumper frame.

Cutouts will be provided in the front face of the stainless steel bumper to allow the tow eyes to extend out the front.

The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The tow eyes will be painted black.
0502389 Receiver, Portable Winch, (2), One
Each End, Front Bumper,Class
IV,10K

PORTABLE WINCH RECEIVERS
Two (2) portable winch receivers will be installed under the front bumper extension of the apparatus. They will be located one (1) each end, under the extension, facing the side.

The winch receiver will be constructed of heavy steel tubing and reinforced to the bumper extension framework for the receiving portion. The winch receiver will be a class IV receiver with a 10,000 lbs straight line pull rating.
0625652 Cab, Enforcer, 6000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The cab will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 36.00" from the rear wall to the front of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 41.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab.

Bid #: 939 12 9.37
0727969 Engine Tunnel, X15, Mech
Fasteners, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor. 0633594 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0622582 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Control Loc Feature, Sab FR/Enf

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located LEFT SIDE TRACTOR COMPARTMENT.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550320 Label For Cab Lift Reservoir Full
Level

CAB LIFT RESERVOIR LABEL
A label will be provided on the cab lift reservoir to indicate when the reservoir is full. The label will read "full level" with the cab in the raised position.
0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0087357 Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab

SIDE OF CAB MOLDING
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.
0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver.

Bid #: 939 13 9.38
0648171 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 63.37" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698 Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings.

Bid #: 939 14 9.39
0032086 Tractor 5th Wheel and Fender Skirts,
Single, Tiller, No Tire Chains

FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle.

A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.

The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly.

In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.

When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close.

The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.

A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.

FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails.

The fender panels will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area.

The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.

Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable.

The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. 0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of aluminum and painted gray.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0797235 Cab Interior, Imperial 1200 Headliner,
Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with gray woven with black Imperial 1200 vinyl coated polyester.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be Imperial 1200 vinyl coated polyester. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be gray woven with black. 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted gray, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.

Bid #: 939 15 9.40
0722038 HVAC, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in the left side rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward left side position.

Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted #10 white.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0624005 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, AXT, Dash
CF, Qtm, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
There will be two (2) Imperial 1200 covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised.

Bid #: 939 16 9.41
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0002508 Map Box, 3 Bin/30 deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open at top. The map box(es) will be installed at final inspection. The map box(es) will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box(es) will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0661827 Strap, Side Release Fastener, Map
Box

STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be one (1) strap(s) with 1.00" side release type fasteners provided for the INSTALL AT FINAL map box.
0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622618 Seating Capacity, 5 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be five (5).
0636957 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632923 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0771806 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x
34 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 34.00" high x 23.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 29.25" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
Bid #: 939 17 9.42
0767429 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x
34 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 26.75" wide x 34.00" high x 22.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 29.25" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0632945 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, DS
Outboard, Flip Up Cushion, Saber
FR/Enforcer

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing flip-up seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will have a plywood backing, covered with foam padded upholstery.

The seat bottom will be constructed of a piece of plywood covered with foam rubber and upholstery. The bottom cushion will have its bottom covered with brushed stainless steel, for a pleasant appearance when the seat bottom is in the up position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0811155 SP Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 44
W x 34.50 H x 16.25 D, Web,
SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be 44.00" wide x 34.50" high x 16.25" deep. The interior door will be web netting.

The netting will be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom side of the cabinet and have 1.00" side release fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening will be 41.50" wide x 31.50" high.

The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" flanged down lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0632877 Seat, Forward Facing C/C, PS
Outboard, Flip Up Cushion, Saber
FR/Enforcer

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing flip-up seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will have a plywood backing, covered with foam padded upholstery. The seat bottom will be constructed of a piece of plywood covered with foam rubber and upholstery. The bottom cushion will have its bottom covered with brushed stainless steel, for a pleasant appearance when the seat bottom is in the up position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0096418 Partition, Vertical, EMS Compartment

PARTITION
There will be one (1) partition(s) located EMS compartment per direction. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.
0617407 Matting, Turtle Tile, EMS Compt,

0.75" Thick

MATTING IN EMS COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl grating will be provided in two (2) EMS compartments, EACH SIDE OF THE CAB.

Tile color will be black.
0675651 Matting, Vin-A-Grip, EMS/Cab,
Shelving

MATTING IN SHELVING
Vinyl grating will be provided in four (4) EMS or cab shelving surfaces FORWARD FACING CABINET SHELF, ALL THREE C-TECH DRAWERS.

The vinyl grating will be .50" thick and be cross bonded by .25" diameter ribbed sections spaced for aeration.
0566653 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout
Tuff

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be gray Turnout Tuff material. 0511471 No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
0735335 Door, Access, Front, (1) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of the right side rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a Southco C2 black powder coated raised trigger locking latch and painted to match the cab interior. There will be no louvers.

Bid #: 939 18 9.43
0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series,
Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling
Mount

MAP LIGHT
There will be one (1) Sunnex®, HS76*-00, halogen map light(s) with swivel joint base provided in the cab and located MATCH 38004. Each map light will have a square base with an on/off switch.

The light(s) will also be provided with no additional accessory.

The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the battery power. 0727913 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model
20**4GT, LED, 2 Lts

CAB SPOTLIGHT
There will be two (2) Golight, Model 20**4GT, white LED spotlights located on the cab roof, In front of the windshield, MATCH 28118. ALSO THE BRACKETS NEED .25" DRAIN HOLE IN EACH BOTTOM CORNER FOR DRAINAGE. The spotlights will be mounted on visor brackets.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0650030 Controller, Spotlight, Golight, Wired
Dash Mount, 2 Lts
Spotlight Controller
There will be one (1) wired dash mounted remote provided for each spotlight. 0649967 Location, Spotlight Controller, Driver
and Officer, 2 Lts
Spotlight Controller Locations
The remotes to control the spotlights will be located one (1) within reach of the driver and one (1) within reach of the officer.
0625194 Handlts, (4) Koehler, BrightStar,
Responder 510318, light & charger,
12vdc

HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT
There will be four (4) Koehler, Model 510318, hand held lights with orange bodies and 12 volt charger units mounted TBD.

The chargers will be hard wired to the chassis battery system. 0545926 Handlight, Streamlight, LiteBox,
45116, 12V, Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be Streamlight LiteBox lights with an orange thermoplastic body provided. There will be five (5) lights mounted TO BE PROVIDED.
0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be Bid #: 939 19 9.44
removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory faced gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Bid #: 939 20 9.45
Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Windshield wiper control will include low, high and intermittent modes.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight will be provided.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Bid #: 939 21 9.46
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located above the ignition switch. 0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel.
0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided.

Bid #: 939 22 9.47
0032828 No PTO switch req'd - w/aerial
piggyback
0547505 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be six (6) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate for 6 portable radio charger installations one within reach of the driver, three within reach of the officer (one for future use), one in the crew cab per direction, and one in the tiller cab - exact locations to be determined at post paint.

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate LS1
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate officer side dash, driver side dash, one in the crew cab EMS compartment.

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548009 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be ten (10) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate body compartments to be determined at pre con Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548015 Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate behind officer seat
Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0797189 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be officer side dash per switch panel layout.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 939 23 9.48
0657222 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12
Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026
1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate engine tunnel per direction, loose with a 6' coil.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0723827 SP Radio, AM/FM/Media Receiver,
Pioneer MVH-S720BHS

AM/FM/MEDIA RECEIVER
There will be one (1) Pioneer, Model MVH-S720BHS Digital Media Receiver with Enhanced Audio Functions, Pioneer Smart Sync App Compatibility, MIXTRAX®, Built-in Bluetooth®, HD Radio™ and SiriusXM-Ready™mounted in the cab per instrument panel layout.

There will be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab.

Antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Bid #: 939 24 9.49
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734854 Collision Mitigation, Not Requested

Bid #: 939 25 9.50
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time - 24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0559503 Install Customer Provided, Portable
Radio Charger(s)

PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be six (6) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed to be provided to Precision at post paint.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559512 Install Customer Provided MDT,
Complete (Qty)

COMPLETE MDT INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) customer supplied Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed OFFICER SIDE DASH, EXACT LOCATION AT CONSTRUCTION REVIEW. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 0562774 Install Customer Provided Thermal
Camera(s), Charger Only

BRACKET ONLY INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) customer supplied Thermal Imaging camera charging bracket(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed as directed by Customer.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0559156 Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed to be provided to Precision at post paint per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.
0505836 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Maxrad BMATM, Location Feature

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be two (2) Maxrad, Model BMATM, antenna-mounting base(s) with 17.00' coax cable and weatherproof cap provided.

The mount(s) will be located on the cab roof Mounts to be on each side of the crew cab towards the rear corner, just behind the light tower.

The cable will be routed to the officer side seat box.
0653526 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R, Camera VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse
The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the active camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI, camera
One (1) amplified speaker (if applicable)
All necessary cables
Bid #: 939 26 9.51
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher CAMERA SWITCHER
A camera switcher is not required.
0808245 Camera, Pierce, 7" HD tiller Cab,
RS, LS Fwd Fcng Tiller Cam, AHD

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side behind the rear wheels on a bracket to clear the fender crowns of the tiller trailer, pointing forward, displayed automatically with ignition.

One (1) AHD camera located on the left side behind the rear wheels on a bracket to clear the fender crowns of the tiller trailer, pointing forward, displayed automatically with ignition.

There will be two (2) 7.00" High Definition (HD) displays, one (1) each side of the tiller cab dash to view the respective side cameras.

The following components will be included:

Two (2) HD700136DC Displays
Two (2) 1080p AHD Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0653350 Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted
Smooth Aluminum

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARDS
There will be two (2) smooth, tapered aluminum guard(s) fastened over the cab / body camera(s) located OVER REAR TILLER AXLE, EA SIDE. The guards will be painted to match the surface they are attached to.
0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera

RECESS REAR CAMERA
A rear camera recess will be provided in the center at the rear . 0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
Bid #: 939 27 9.52
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a white WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Bid #: 939 28 9.53
0892649 ClearSky Telematics for Remote
Fleet and On-scene Management

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 3 year subscription..

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone™ diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60-day grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60-day grace period. By selecting this option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement. Customers will be provided with an initial login at the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the 60-day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance.

Bid #: 939 29 9.54
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0814935 Location, Cab, Charger, EMS Compt,
Vertical Wall, LS
Battery charger will be located in the cab, on the vertical wall of the left side EMS compartment. 0806076 Charger, Sngl Sys, Blue Sea P12,
7532, 40 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Blue Sea Model P12, battery charger provided.

The charger will have a maximum output of 40 amps and a fully automatic regulation.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to the battery charger.
0782026 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Blue Sea Sure
Eject 7851

SHORELINE INLET
There will be one (1) Blue Sea Sure Eject™ part number 7851, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline will be connected to BATTERY CHARGER AND ENGINE HEATER.

The shoreline inlet cover color to be red.

The connector body will be released from the inlet when the apparatus engine start button is activated.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0813015 Shoreline Location, Blue Sea SHORE LINE LOCATION The shoreline receptacle will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. 0810781 SP Solar Panel, Sunforce, Crystalline (1)
w/Digital Charge Controller, Cab Roof

BATTERY CHARGING SOLAR PANEL
There will be one (1) Sunforce® Crystalline, Model 37150, 150 watt 12V DC solar panel mounted with Sunforce® universal solar panel mounting system, Model 50901, provided on the cab roof match 38004 to assist in charging the chassis batteries.

There will be one (1) Sunforce®, Model 60032, 12V DC 30 amp digital solar charge controller provided in the cab located match 38004. This controller prevents any overcharge of a 12 volt battery. LEDs indicate battery charge status. LCD screen displays battery voltage or amperage coming from the solar panel.

There will be a disconnect switch located match 38004 provided to activate the charging of the chassis batteries.
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

Bid #: 939 30 9.55
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab
FR

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical.

The lights will be installed without guards.

Bid #: 939 31 9.56
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0514453 Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located rear of trailer each side. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Sequence (80 FPM) to Solid flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be clear.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.

Bid #: 939 32 9.57
0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-
WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq Model E10-WS00-1, 6.44" long x 1.38" high x 1.00" deep 12 volt DC weatherproof LED lights with a fabricated aluminum 45 degree brackets provided under the cab and crew cab access areas:

One (1) for the driver's access.

One (1) for the passenger's side front cab access door.

One (1) for the passenger's side crew cab access door.

One (1) for the driver's side crew cab access door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the adjacent doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0888060 SP Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-
W000-1 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model E10-W000-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long x 0.98" deep lights with white LEDs provided .

The lights will be mounted in the following locations:

One (1) light will be provided under the left side turntable access steps.

One (1) light will be provided under the left side tiller cab access steps.

One (1) light will be provided under the right side tiller cab access steps.

One (1) light will be provided under the right side turntable access steps.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated by a a switch within reach of the driver is activated, a switch on the tiller cab floor is activated and the headlight switch activates the side facing perimeter lights.
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0644535 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Prk Brk

STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated with the battery switch is on and the parking brake is applied.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 0693551 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M9LZC
LED, pair

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC, LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges.

The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 0756434 Guard, Aluminum Treadplate,
Whelen Summit Light bar, Location

LIGHT GUARD
There will be four (4) aluminum treadplate guard(s), provided to protect the Whelen Summit light bar(s), OVER LS/RS4 AND LS/RS8 .
0725783 Lights, Centering, Cab Roof, Tlr,
Clpsbl, Attwood NV2002SS-7,
Red/Grn LED

CENTERING LIGHT
There will be an Attwood, Model NV2002SS-7, split red/green LED light installed with a 18.00" long tall collapsible mast, centered on the crew cab roof. The light will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer to the chassis tractor.

The light will be wired to the headlight switch.
0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 939 33 9.58
0727947 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
LS Cab, Mt Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, MATCH 38004. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889659 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED,
LS Cab, Mtg Fet
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 9,720 lumens 2.48" high x 30.37" wide x 2.15" deep 12 volt DC light(s) with white and amber LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, MATCH 38004. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed on straight bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab.

The light(s) will include the following:

Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0763610 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light (s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, REAR OF TILLER CAB BELOW THE WINDOW, PER THE AD.

The light(s) will include housing(s) with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch in the tiller cab and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, OVER RS4 AND RS8. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in the tiller cab and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the passenger's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, OVER LS4 AND LS8 PER THE AD. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights not activated.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in the tiller cab and by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 939 34 9.59
0736743 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, RS TILLER CAB OVER DOOR.

The light(s) will be controlled when the tiller driver turn signal arm is pulled towards the operator, both the left and right side lights are activated, pulling the arm towards the operator again deactivates the lights.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736755 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PSL2**, 10,206 lumens 12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and flood optics. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s) and located on the tiller cab, LS TILLER CAB OVER DOOR.

The light(s) will be controlled when the tiller driver turn signal arm is pulled towards the operator, both the left and right side lights are activated, pulling the arm towards the operator again deactivates the lights.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532322 Not Required, Hose Bed Lights, Alt.

Rear Scene Lights, Aerials
0768376 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED,
Qty, Loc Fet

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be one (1) Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED light(s) with bolt mount provided TBD to illuminate the designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0090655 Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body

0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18"

0013481 Not Required, Hose Bed Capacity

0013534 Not Required, Running Boards

0690023 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503 Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for 9000lb and painted to match the lower job color.

Bid #: 939 35 9.60
0090670 Construction, Compt, Alum, Tiller

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
0692191 SP Compt, Single Tractor Reservoir,
Double Doors, S/D DS, S/D PS,
2010, Santa Cruz

TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.

The compartment on the driver's side will be approximately 51.00" wide x 37.75" high x 8.00" deep with a door opening of 46.50" wide x 31.25" high.

The compartment on the passenger's side will be approximately 51.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep with a door opening of 46.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components.

The transverse section will be approximately 40.50" wide x 15.50" high.

There will be two (2) Amdor 40.00" long LED strip lights mounted on the forward wall provided to illuminate this compartment.

The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment. The top of the compartment will be reinforced to support a 70 gallon tank for a Tri-Max system.

The compartment will be furnished with vertically hinged double doors on each side that have a D handle latch and positive door hold open device.

The front lower portion of the compartment on both the driver's and passenger's side will be blistered approximately 10.00" to allow for proper clearance of the TAK-4 suspension. 0036497 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, 92.00" Wide,
LS Front, Tiller

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036503 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS
Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Bid #: 939 36 9.61
0810951 SP Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll,
Center Lift, Spec Cab Steps,
4"Lowered Body,78"W
Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the left side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 45.63" high x 24.50" deep in the lower 24.13" of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately 22.50" deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately 63.25" wide x 35.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately 57.00" wide x 15.63" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 52.25" wide x 9.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. This lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 45.63" high x 21.00" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 36.25" wide x 35.87" high. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and will have a roll-up door. The forward 21.25" of compartment width and 24.25" of compartment height will be 9.00" deep.
0036498 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, 92.00" Wide,
RS Front, Tiller

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036512 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS
Center, Tiller
Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

The upper 38.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 55.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 45.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0810954 SP Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll,
Center Lift, Spec Cab Steps,4"
Lowered Body,78"W
Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 45.63" high x 24.50" deep in the lower 24.13" of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately 22.50" deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately 63.25" wide x 35.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately 57.00" wide x 15.63" high x 13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 52.25" wide x 9.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. This lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 42.00" wide x 45.63" high x 21.00" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 36.25" wide x 35.87" high. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and will have a roll-up door. The forward 21.25" of compartment width and 24.25" of compartment height will be 9.00" deep.
0594014 Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side
Compartments

ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand roll-up doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.

Bid #: 939 37 9.62
0067768 Not Required, Bumper, Tiller
0045159 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, L-Shape,
Cover Bottom and Rear of Rollup
Door Roll

DOOR GUARD
six (6) compartment doors will include an L-shaped guard designed to protect the bottom and interior side of the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray while the door is being opened. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed D5, D6, D7, P5, D6, D7.
0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be five (5) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed D1, D3, D4, P1, P3 and relocate standard guard in P7 to P4.
0689549 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seventeen (17) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing.

There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in compartment(s):
each compartment.

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0603420 Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS3, LS4, RS1, RS3 and RS4.

These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0043983 Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 2-Way, Utility,
Adj Height, 4" Sides, Full Trans
TWO (2) WAY SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY
There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided.

Each tray will be rated for up to 500 lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded.

The tray will have 4.00" high sides, will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the designated mounting location.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The vertical location of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located in D-5/P-5.
0041319 SP Tray, 200 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, 1/2 Trans

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

The interior dimensions will have 3.00" high sides, will be half the depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the compartment.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 200 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located LS5, RS5 .
0083986 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be two (2) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located in LS4 and RS4.

Bid #: 939 38 9.63
0603763 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides, 2G Aerial

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be six (6) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be RS4, RS5, LS5, LS6, RS6 and RS7. 0756746 SP Tray, Floor Mounted, 2-Way SlideOut, 1000 lb SlideMaster, 3" Sides, Full Trans
TRANSVERSE TWO (2) WAY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 3.00" sides provided LS/RS 7/8. The tray (s) will be constructed of 0.19" aluminum.

Each tray will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the specified mounting location.

Each tray will be mounted on a SlideMaster, two (2) rail, dual direction cargo slide with 70% extension in each direction. The slide will be rated for a maximum distributed load of 1,000 lb. 0725638 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 48" Wide

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed in the lower portion of LS-7 full width and as high as the tranverse.

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 2.00" with a face plate that is

3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 4.75" with a face plate that is 5.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

48.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of one (1) provided.
0679241 Toolboard, Alum, Adj, .188", No
Holes, Added to Slide-Out Tray

TOOL BOARD
An aluminum tool board will be provided.

It will be a minimum of .188" thick.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the board. A handhold will be provided.

The board will be installed on adjustable tracks on a slide out tray. The tracks will allow side to side adjustment. The board will be as high as space permits and full length of the tray. The tray is not included in this option.

There will be Two (2) toolboard(s) provided, spatter gray painted , and installed LS/RS 7/8. 0536450 SP Access Panel, Removable, Fuel
Sender Maintenance, Tiller

COMPARTMENT ACCESS PANEL
A removable access panel will be provided on the floor of the over the fuel sending unit compartment. When removed, the panel will provide access to the fuel sender assembly for easy maintenance. The panel will be flush with the flooring of the compartment and be installed in such a manner that will prevent items from catching on the panel. 0685446 SP Box, Alum 4-Way, w/Lift Up Cover,
Top of Reservoir Compt., Tiller
Tractor Single

STORAGE/HOSE BOX
One (1) storage box constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be installed above the hydraulic reservoir compartment on the tiller tractor. The storage box will be divided into two sections. The front section will be directly above the hydraulic reservoir and be approximately half the depth as the rear section. The rear section will be directly rearward of the hydraulic reservoir with a storage capacity for 130' of 3.00" double jacketed hose. The height required to store the hose will dictate the height of the storage box.

There will be a lift-up cover with two (2) D-ring slam latches on top of the box with the hinge at the forward position. The cover will be reinforced and have a lipped edge with a rubber seal for weather resistance. Gas struts will be provided to hold the cover open. 0062168 Cable Release, Tilt Tray, IAT Std
Latches

CABLE RELEASE
A cable release will be provided to allow one handed operation of the latches for slide out tilt trays. A cable will connect the two pull knobs so when you pull the cable from the center, it will release the dual knobs and release the tray. Cable will be plastic coated.

A total of four (4) will be provided one for each slide out/tilt tray.

Bid #: 939 39 9.64
0650975 SP Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes,
Divider, Alum Sngl Pan Dr, Lock D
Ring,Tiller

COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
A compartment will be supplied at the rear of the unit, above the rear bumper. It will be 8.50" high x 25.75" wide x 27.00" deep. The compartment will have two fixed dividers equally spaced to create three equal storage areas. The compartment will have a single-pan smooth aluminum drop-down door with a D-ring locking 1250 latch.
0806069 Mirror, Grote, 12" Round Convex,
Reinforced Bracing, Tiller Body

TILLER CONVEX BODY MOUNTED MIRRORS
A Grote, model 12020, 12.00" diameter round, convex mirror with adjustable arm and reinforced bracing will be provided on each side of the tiller body LS/RS4. The mirror will be stainless steel with a gray finish.
0050308 Rear of Body, Smooth Aluminum
Sheet

REAR WALL
The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum. 0796214 Floor Extension, Compartment, 2.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 2.00" vertical downturned lip and a 1.00" return flange.

A total of six (6) will be provided and located LS5, LS6, RS5, RS6, RS7, LS7. 0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider
Than Std.

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
0024210 Storage Bin, Air Bottle

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of 24 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed LS-3 . Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be 7.50" square x 23.00" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf. 0683185 SP Storage Bin, Air Bottle, 8.5", 2nd
Location

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of three (3) air bottles. This storage bin will be installed install in RS7 opposite the holders in LS7. Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be

8.50" square x 23.00" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf.
0602946 Ladder, Extension, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial NFPA 2016
Classification

EXTENSION LADDERS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.8.1.3 requires two (2) extension ladders.

The extension ladders are not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be two (2) extension ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 35' Duo-Safety 1200-A, two (2)-section.
0084522 Ladder, 30', Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

ADDED EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 30', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety Series 1200A extension ladder provided.
0602924 Extension Ladder, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial NFPA 2016
Classification

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDERS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.8.1.3 requires two (2) extension ladders.

The extension ladders are not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) extension ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 24' Duo-Safety 900-A, two (2)-section.
0602723 Ladder, Roof, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial NFPA 2016
Classification

ROOF LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.8.1.3 requires two (2) roof ladders.

The roof ladders are not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) roof ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 20' Duo-Safety 875-A. 0074232 Ladder, 12' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 12' roof, aluminum, Series 775-A provided.

Bid #: 939 40 9.65
0044235 Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 16' roof, aluminum, Series 875-A provided. 0024233 Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

0610056 Ladder, Folding, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial ULC
Classification

AERIAL ATTIC LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
CAN/ULC-S515, current edition, section 5.7.2 requires a minimum of one attic ladder.

The ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) ladder(s) provided and installed by the fire department. The ladder(s) will be a 10' Duo Safety 585A. 0524506 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged
Lap Doors, Smooth Aluminum, Tiller

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus.

The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.

Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment.

Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered.

The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with D-ring handles. 0602100 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be 21.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip lights in the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (1) light will be provided on each side of the ladder storage area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0658169 Ladders, Nested, Left Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the left side of the ladder storage compartment. The ladders will be nested so that one ladder can be removed without removing the adjoining ladder. 0658170 Ladders, Nested, Right Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment. 0602708 Pike Pole, 12', Aerial, Provided by
Fire Department, NFPA 2016

12' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.8.1.3 requires four (4) pike poles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be one (1) 12' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 12' pike pole.
0602878 Pike Pole, Aerial, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires four (4) pike poles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be one (1) pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 10' pike pole. 0602876 Pike Pole, 6', Aerial, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016
6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires four (4) pike poles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be two (2) 6' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 6' pike pole with D handle.
0602862 Pike Pole, 3', Aerial, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires four (4) pike poles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles.

There will be two (2) pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 3' pike pole with D handle.

Bid #: 939 41 9.66
0770577 Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, Aluminum

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of seven (7) pike poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0004379 Bell, 12" Chrome w/Eagle, Mounted
on Cab Corner
BELL
A chrome plated, 12.00" bronze cast bell, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger side radiused corner of cab face. The cab will be properly reinforced to support the weight of the bell. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab. 0067658 Not Required, Step, Slide-Out Pump
Op. Platform
0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step,
Not Required
0001836 No Light, No Pump Compartment

0508020 Air Horn, (1) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
One (1) Hadley round air horn with 6.00" bell will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606839 Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#6)
Air Horn Location
The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757077 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, LS

Left side lanyard. The lanyard to be a link chain inside vinyl tubing. 0757080 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS

Right side foot switch
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0815743 Control, Air Horn, Red Push Button
Sw, Turntable
Red push button switch located at the aerial turntable. The control is not interlocked. 0806363 SP Air Horns, Add, Hadley, E Tone 18",
(1) Under Tiller Cab w/Tiller Cab
FtSw

AUXILIARY AIR HORN SYSTEM
There will be one (1) Hadley®, part #H09318AC, 18.00" long air horn provided and installed the under the tiller cab/trailer.

The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing a minimum of .38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent loss of air in the brake system.

The auxiliary air horn will be controlled by a foot switch installed on the floor, to the right of the tiller cab steering wheel.

The auxiliary air horn will be activated when the battery switch is on, and the tiller cab foot switch is depressed.
0602756 Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other
Speaker, Non-NFPA 2016

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A "Code 3", model 3692, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 13.9.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side center switch panel. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.

Bid #: 939 42 9.67
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper in the center. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch.
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0021826 Bracket, Wedge Style for Foot
Switch, Each

WEDGE STYLE FOOT SWITCH BRACKET
There will be one (1) wedge style bracket provided at the driver side cab and in the tiller cab side on cab the floor. The bracket will be large enough to hold one (1) foot switch. The bracket will be angled approximately 30 degrees.
0056061 Bracket, Wedge Style, (2) Foot
Switches, Pass Side

BRACKET, FOOT SWITCHES
A wedge style bracket will be provided on the officer's side of cab floor. The bracket will be large enough to hold two (2) foot switches.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604356 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 92",
RRRRWRRsrROptRsrRRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 92.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side seventh front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side seventh front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch without emergency master control. a driver's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The ten (10) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 939 43 9.68
0615608 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** 6RB*
6RB* M6** LED, 4lts Q Bezel

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, LED lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the headlamp bezel per the following:

One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.38" deep light installed in the outside position on the driver's side. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red.

One (1) Model 6RB**, 4.18" high x 6.56"" long x 3.43" deep light installed in the inside position on the driver's side. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red.

One (1) Model 6RB**, 4.18" high x 6.56"" long x 3.43" deep light installed in the inside position on the passenger's side. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red.

One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.38" deep light installed in the outside position on the passenger's side. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red.

The lens colors will be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control both sets of lights.

The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white when the parking brake is applied.
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0540692 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C
LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6*C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the front custom cab corner. The side front lights to be red.

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The side middle lights to be red.

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side, centered above rear wheels. The side rear lights to be red.

The lights will include clear lenses.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen® Model PS*01FCR, 1.68" high x 11.11" wide x 0.52" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim and clear lenses provided on the side of the apparatus, two per side, centered under LS-6 and LS-3 / RS-6 and RS-3 IN THE LOWER RUB RAIL.

The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs.

These lights will be controlled by the side zone lower switch in the cab.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load manages when the parking brake is applied. 0540783 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C LED flashing warning lights with chrome trim located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
The lenses will be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED

REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2* LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side.

The color of the lights will be:

The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.

The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.

All lenses will be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0757654 Bracket, 8" Ledge, Over Rear Compt
Door

REAR BODY MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be an 8.00" deep aluminum treadplate bracket provided at the rear of the body, spanning the width of the rear compartment door. The bracket(s) will be provided to mount lights, cameras, or other accessories. The brackets will include a removable panel to protect the wire connections.
0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model TAL65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL5, control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash not activated.

Bid #: 939 44 9.69
0586458 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface
Mounted with Painted Box

This traffic directing light will be surface mounted with a smooth aluminum box, painted to match the surface that it is being mounted on, at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. 0530281 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Center Console in Sw Pnl

The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console.

The controller will be within easy reach of the driver. 0006646 Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
Bid #: 939 45 9.70
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30.00" (762 mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test.

Bid #: 939 46 9.71
0516618 Generator, Harrison 10kW MCR
Hydraulic, Hot Shift PTO

GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison Model MCR Stealth 10.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation will conform to the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The installation will be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on components.

Generator Performance
- Continuous Duty Rating: 10,000 watts
- Nominal Volts: 120/240
- Amperage: 80 @ 120 volts, 40 @ 240 volts
- Phase: Single
- Cycles: 60 hertz
- Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle
- RPM range: 900 to 3,000 (hydraulic pump)
The output of the generator will be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument gauge panel will be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output.

The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor.

The generator will include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks).

An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive.

Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted next to the circuit breaker panel. The meter will indicate the following items:
- Voltage
- Amperage for both lines
- Frequency
- Generator run hours
- Over current indication
- Over temperature indication
- "Power On" indication
- Two (2) fuse holders with two (2) amp fuses (for indicator light protection) The meter and indicators will be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments will be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used will be accurate within +/- two (2) percent.

Generator Wiring:

The system will be installed by highly qualified electrical technicians to assure the required level of safety and protection to the fire apparatus operators. The wiring, electrical fixtures and components will be to the highest industry quality standards available on the domestic market.

The equipment will be the type as designed for mobile type installations subject to vibration, moisture and severe continuous usage. The following electrical components will be the minimum acceptable quality standards for this apparatus:

Wiring:

All electrical wiring will be fine stranded copper type. The wire will be sized to the load and circuit breaker rating; ten (10) gauge on 30 amp circuits, 12 gauge on 20 amp circuits and 14 gauge on 15 amp circuits. The cable will be run in corner areas and extruded aluminum pathways built into the body for easy access.

Load Center:

The main load center will be a Cutler Hammer with circuit breakers rated to load demand.

Circuit Breakers:

Individual breakers will be provided for all on-line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting any other on-line equipment.
0505796 Location, Hydraulic Generator Above
Gooseneck of Tiller

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator.
0016752 Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered
Gen, Cab Sw Pnl

GENERATOR START
There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 0657221 Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, 3
Locations

GENERATOR REMOTE START
There will be a generator remote start/stop switch with indicator light in the following locations:

CAB.

TURNTABLE.

TILLER CAB.
0016740 Not Required, Fuel System
0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension,
Generator
0036738 Circuit Breaker Panel, Included With
PTO Generator

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located low on the right wall of compartment LS5.

Bid #: 939 47 9.72
0004852 Breaker, Circuit, Spare for 120V
Circuit, 20 Amp

SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKER
The circuit breaker panel will be furnished with two (2) circuit breakers, 120 volt 20 amp, provided as spares.
0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust,
Generator
0810757 SP Light Twr, W-B Chf NS1.8-300 WHL,
2-P*H2 12VDC Lts Cld 6'

LIGHT TOWER
There will be one (1) Will-Burt, Model NS1.8-2 WHL, light tower provided.

There will be two (2) Whelen, Model P*H2, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light heads with flood optics included on this tower.

The painted parts of the light tower and the light heads to be white.

This tower will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab.

The lights included on this tower may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0664472 Location, Light Tower, Crew Cab
Roof
Light Tower Location
The light tower will be installed on the crew cab roof. 0617750 Controller, Lt Twr, W-B, Wired
Hndhld, E-STOP Chf, Chf Pr, Pow Pr

Light Tower Controller
There will be one (1) handheld wired controller included. 0664791 Location, Light Tower Controller,
Driver's Side Front Body
Compartment
Light Tower Controller Location
The light tower controller will be installed in the driver's side front body compartment. 0006825 Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3)
Wire

ELECTRIC CORD REEL
Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, Series 1600, cord reel. The reel will be provided with a 12-volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72.00" above the operators standing position.

The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer.

No guide is required on the reel assembly. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel.

A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length.

A total of two (2) cord reels will be provided one (1) outboard on the driver's side gooseneck and one (1) outboard on the passenger's side gooseneck.

The cord reel will be configured with three (3) conductors. 0016828 Cord, Electric, 10/3 Black, 3 Wire

CORD
Provided for electric distribution will be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of black 10/3 electrical cord. A Hubbell L5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt, twist lock connector body will be installed on the end of the cord.
0788933 Box, Junc, Akron, 3Wire, 2-15/20A
120V Dup SB, 2-20A 120V TL

PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX
There will be two (2) Akron EJBX electric junction box(es) provided.

There will be a cable strain relief and a 1.00' pigtail with black plastic ribbed grip, NEMA L5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt twist lock plug provided for each box.

Each box will be provided with the following:
two (2) 15/20 amp 120 volt AC duplex straight blade receptacle with flip up covers two (2) 20 amp 120 volt AC twist lock single receptacles with flip up covers a 120 volt AC light inside the box
0013949 Enclosure, Reel, with Reel Access
Door

REEL ENCLOSURE
An aluminum treadplate enclosure will be installed over the reel. The enclosure will be provided with a stainless steel hinge that will allow the cover to be opened.

A captive roller assembly will be provided to assist with the payout of the cord. A ball stop will be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly.

A total of two (2) will be installed over each reel on the gooseneck. 0006824 Holder, Junction Box, Tread Plate
Aluminum

JUNCTION BOX HOLDER
There will be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) will be mounted at pick-up.

Bid #: 939 48 9.73
0644017 Receptacle, 20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L5-20R, Wtrprf Gen
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire twist lock receptacle(s) installed rear wall of the tiller body, between the tailights and lower storage compartment on the P/S. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L5-20R. There will be a weatherproof flip up cover installed if the receptacle is installed in an exposed location. There will be a interior cover plate install if the receptacle is installed in a protected location.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the generator.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0755094 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 35
MPH Wind,Tiller
FOUR (4)-SECTION 107 FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 35 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure.

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -10 degrees to +77 degrees.

The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 100,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section 41.87"
- Lower Mid Section 34.88"
- Upper Mid Section 27.87"
- Fly Section 21.63"
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section 26.28"
- Lower Mid Section 22.68"
- Upper Mid Section 20.06"
- Fly Section 17.32"
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground.

Bid #: 939 49 9.74
The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. There will be a lift eye welded on to each side of the egress.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of 107' above the ground at full extension and elevation. The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be 100'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position.

The turntable will be coated with a non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a 44.00" wide x

27.00" high opening to allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder.

The opening will be located at the center, rear of the turntable.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual 5.50" diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the ladder, one (1) on each side. One (1) 2.25" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the ladder and one (1) 2.50" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins will have 125,000 psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with

0.50" Grade 8 bolts with castle nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on the turntable and base section.

The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance-free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance-free type bearings with no external lubrication required.The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilot-operated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic pressure.

The operation envelope will be 10 degrees below horizontal to 77 degrees above horizontal.

The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel.

The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage - Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle - Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions - Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall.

The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
- Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks.

MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM
UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

ROTATION SYSTEM
A 46.00" diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing will be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth will be stub tooth form.

The bearing will provide 360 degree continuous rotation.

The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using 36 SAE Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts.

To secure the bearing to the torque box, 36 Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts will be used.

The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be machined flat, within .007" thereby providing even distribution of forces.

Two hydraulically driven planetary gear boxes will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel.

Each planetary gearbox will have a torque rating of 30,000 pounds per inch.

Each planetary gearbox will have a spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:

Bid #: 939 50 9.75
- Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage - Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the 180 degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override, to comply with NFPA 1901. SYSTEMS THAT PERMIT THE AERIAL TO ROTATE TO THE "SHORT JACK" SIDE, WITHOUT AUTOMATICALLY STOPPING THE ROTATION AND/OR WITHOUT ACTUATION OF THE "MANUAL OVERRIDE", will NOT BE ACCEPTED. SYSTEMS THAT ONLY INCLUDE AN ALARM ARE NOT CONSIDERED AN INTERLOCK AND will NOT BE ACCEPTED.

LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position..

AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength 0.25" plate. The vertical member will be a 0.375" reinforced wall cylinder with a 28.00" outside diameter and will connect the rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.

The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with 0.88" diameter Grade 8 bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial hydraulic system.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 35 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of
Elevation
-10 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 29
30 to 39
40 to 49
50 to 59
60 to 69
70 to 77
Egress
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
750
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
-
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
-
500
500
1000
1000
1000
Bid #: 939 51 9.76
35 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of
Elevation
-10 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 29
30 to 39
40 to 49
50 to 59
60 to 69
70 to 77
Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
500
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base sections as needed.

The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. 0785993 SP Light, Boom Support, TecNiq E10-
W000-1 LED

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (1) TecNiq part number E10-W000-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long light with white LEDs mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0755127 Tie Down, Rope, Per Pair, 9000lb
Rating, Trailer Gooseneck, Tiller

ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK
There will be two (2) pairs of rope tie downs provided each side of the tiller gooseneck in the forward and rearward locations. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a straight line pull of 9000 lb and will be chrome plated. 0662680 Skid Plate, Steel, Under Tiller Trailer
Rear Body

SKID PLATE AT REAR OF TRAILER FRAME RAIL
There will be a 59.00" wide skid plate bolted under the rear of the tiller trailer, approximately

10.00" forward of the rear wall. The skid plate will be a formed steel channel that is approximately

9.00" wide and positioned on slant with the departure angle and slightly below the departure angle line.

Bid #: 939 52 9.77
0680821 Boom Panel, Pair

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted #90 red.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526885 Indicator, Extension, Inside and
Outside Handrails, Every 10'

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every 10'. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be red reflective material.
0723718 Steps, Folding, Two, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. The steps will be bright finished with a black tread coating on the stepping surface. Each step will have no integrated light.
0688232 Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be black.

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a 10-year, limited warranty.
0676785 Bracket Only, Rubbish Hook, Aerial
Fly Section

RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET
Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook.

The bracket will be sized to hold a Fire Hooks Unlimited trash hook model TRH-8. 0678539 Brackets Only, Roof/Wall Ladder,
Aerial Fly Section

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
There will be brackets that are DA finished provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a 12' Duo-Safety 875-A roof/wall ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space.
0674963 Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw
Storage, No Depth Gauge, Aerial
Ladder

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of two (2) vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on each side of the aerial egress. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished. 0767270 SP Lift Eyes, End of Base Section, Each
Side, w/Label, Ascendant

LIFT EYES AT TIP OF AERIAL BASE SECTION
There will be one (1) lifting eye provided on each side of the tip of the aerial base section. Each eye will be rated for 2500lb when the aerial device is positioned over the rear 180 degrees of the truck, or 1450lb when the aerial device is positioned over the forward 180 degrees of the truck.

Each lifting eye can be utilized only when the aerial device is fully retracted, flowing no water and having no load on the device. Each lifting eye is for a vertical lift only, at any angle in line with the aerial ladder. No side loading will be allowed.

A label will be provided adjacent to each lifting eye, at the turntable control console near the load chart, inside cover of the stokes box on the base section, and a loose label to be stored in customer equipment bag. The label will indicate the rated load allowed, based on aerial device positioning.
0623645 Aerial Stability Test, Max Tip Options

STABILITY TEST
An aerial stability test will be run on this apparatus using the maximum weight allowance for tip options.
0601972 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0767535 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq E10, LED

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (1), TecNiq Model E10, white LED light mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

Bid #: 939 53 9.78
0771409 Hoist Rings, S/S, Forward Area of
Turntable, Ascendant, LSL

HOIST RINGS
There will be two (2) stainless steel hoist rings located on the turntable.

One (1) to be mounted on each side of the vertical surface of the lift cylinder ear at the front of the turntable (aerial side).

The rating of each hoist ring will be a maximum of 1000 lb in all directions. There will be a label indicating this rating provided next to the hoist rings. 0682164 Cover, Around Aerial Rotation
Bearing

ROTATION BEARING COVER
A cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s). The cover will be aluminum treadplate and attached to the underside of the turntable deck. 0790401 Control Stations, ASL Tiller, MUX,
Color Display

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided at the aerial turntable control station. The information center will operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a 7.00" (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a minimum 400nits rated, color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, black plastic housing with a gray decal. There will be five (5), weather-resistant user interface switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.

OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens.

There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A Glance. If the information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time (12- or 24- hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:
- Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.
- Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder. - Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.
- Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%. When oxygen levels are at or below 10% the red bar graph will flash.
- The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).
- At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.
- Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.
- The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:
- Aerial Device Extension length.
- Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground. - Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable. - Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at. - At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:
- The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade. - The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope.

Bid #: 939 54 9.79
- Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:
- Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle - Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger - Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed - Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground - A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:
- Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension - Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.
- Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground. - Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel. - A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick. - At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a 12- or 24-hour format, and allows setting of the time and date.

The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

STABILIZER CONTROL STATION
There will be an easily accessible control station located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control switches
- Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control switches
- Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights - Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights - Stabilizer Emergency Power control switch
- Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
- Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded switch
- Aerial system Emergency Stop switch
- Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
There will be one (1) device control station located on the right side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified and lighted for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Intercom controls
- Tip tracking light switch
- Emergency stop switch
- Emergency power unit switch
- Operator's load chart
- Two (2) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed

HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral.
0743299 Remote Tip Controls, ASL/105' MUX

REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL
A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in addition to the control console.

The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center 12-volt proportional controls.

A momentary switch at the turntable control station will enable the controls at the ladder tip.

The turntable control console ladder controls will override the ladder tip controls.

The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards.

Bid #: 939 55 9.80
0789602 Stabilizers, ASL Tractor Drawn Steel
Aerial, Split Pan, 17' Spread

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 0.75" thick top and bottom plates and 0.50" thick sides of 100,000-PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be of the split-pan design and will be a maximum

12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles.

This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from lightweight composite material.

The ground pressure will not exceed 75 lb per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion.

The stabilizer controls will be located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus, to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following:

Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control toggle switches Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control toggle switches Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights Stabilizer Emergency Power control toggle switch
Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded toggle switch Aerial system Emergency Stop mushroom switch
Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light
As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated.

To aid in leveling the unit, two (2) bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One (1) indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.
0728961 Stabilizer Pan Material

STABILIZER PAN MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be polished stainless steel. 0530819 Not Required, Aerial Stabilizer Pins

STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will not have holes for the stabilizer pins.

Bid #: 939 56 9.81
0779621 Doors, Stabilizer Control Box,
Valve/Electrical Distribution Box,
Tiller

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS
There will be aluminum treadplate doors hinged on the bottom with a flush lift and turn latch provided over each stabilizer control box.

VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR
There will be aluminum treadplate doors with a flush lift and turn latch provided over the valve and power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged. 0893165 Stabilizer Placement, Lasers Only, 1
Set

STABILIZER PLACEMENT
There will be two (2) lasers provided and installed on the body, one (1) next to each stabilizer.

The lasers will be activated with the aerial master switch and park brake set and will provide a flashing green X on the ground to show where the stabilizer pads need to be set. The flashing green X is not visible in high ambient light conditions. The individual lasers will be turned off when a stabilizer is extended beyond its stowed position as well as when the parking brake is released or the aerial master switch is turned off.

Normal operating temperature range for lasers is from -40F (-40C) to 122F (50C). 0786011 Hydraulic System, ASL Tiller

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi.

All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion.

The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.

An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA 1901 standard.

The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA 1901 standard, which requires adequate cooling less than 2.5 hours of operations.

All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current NFPA 1901 standards and have burst strength of 4:1.

Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1 on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA 1901 standard.

All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1 per the current NFPA 1901 standard.

A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide 3,150psi. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.

The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.

Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.

Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged.

An interlock will be provided that allows operation of aerial power only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.

The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the Bid #: 939 57 9.82
current NFPA 1901 standard.

The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.50" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA 1901 standard.

RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be remote mounted and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A 50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service:
return filter: beta 200 at 6 micron
0786880 Swivels, D-Series w/Encoder, ASLTandem/Tiller, MUX (32 Collector Rings)

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (3) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 degrees rotation of the aerial while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings will be provided that are capable of supplying 30 amp continuous service. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.
12-BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a 12-Bit Absolute Encoder which provides 4096 counts per shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all 360 degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system.

Bid #: 939 58 9.83
0709718 Electrical System, ASL Tiller

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The aerial device will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components:

Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:

Sealed to a NEMA 4X rating
Operating range from -40 degrees F to 156 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 70 degrees C) Communicate using J1939 data link
Two (2) diagnostic LED lights
One (1) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground One (1) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link Up to 16 diagnostic LEDs on each module
Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:

Control Module
Main controller for the system
USB connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
Built-in fault sensing
Eight (8) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
10A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Current Control Module
Built-in fault sensing
Three (3) analog inputs
Eight (8) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
3A continuous per output
Closed Loop System
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Input Module
16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
Eight (8) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs Eight (8) digital outputs
0804781 Aerial Scene Lts Separated into
Aerial Tip Category and Aerial
Tracking Category
0809484 SP Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, ASL 4lt,
Sw

TIP LIGHT
There will be four (4) Whelen® Model MPB*, 5,695 lumens 12 volt DC LED lights installed on the fly section of the aerial device below the handrail height.

One (1) light on the left side high. The left side tip light to include flood optics.

One (1) light on the left side low. The left side lower tip light to include spot optics.

One (1) light on the right side low. The right side lower tip light to include spot optics.

One (1) light on the right side high. The right side tip light to include flood optics.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The light(s) to be installed with low profile adjustable pedestal mount(s).

The lights will be controlled by platform/tip only.
0802753 Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts TRACKING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen® MP**, 5,695 lumens 12 volt DC LED lights installed on the base section of the aerial device below the hand rails per the following:

One (1) will be located on the left side with left side tracking light to include spot optics.

One (1) will be located on the right side with right side tracking light to include spot optics.

The light(s) to be installed with low profile adjustable pedestal mount(s).

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The tracking lights will be controlled by a switch located at the turntable only. 0653817 Light, Locator, Wln VTX609*,
Flashing LED, at Tip, PAL/PAP, 2lts

AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen Model VTX609*, 1.00" high x 2.25" in diameter flashing LED modules with chrome flanges installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation.

Both modules will be activated whenever the aerial is raised from the cradle.

The color of the locator light will be green.

The lens color will be clear.
0540737 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln
M6*C LED, Clear Lens

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights with clear lenses and Whelen, Model M6FC, chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one (1) each side.

The LED lights will be red.

These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights.

Bid #: 939 59 9.84
0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
0888066 SP Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set,
TecNiq E10-W000-1, LED

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model E10-W000-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long x 0.98" deep lights with white LEDs installed under the stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area, one (1) under each stabilizer. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0783034 DC Power To Aerial Tip, 13.92 Amps
@ 12 Volt DC, ASL
DC POWER CABLE to TIP
There will be a cable installed in the aerial device to provide 13.92 amps @ 12 volts DC to the tip of the aerial device.
0737181 Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free

2-WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research model ICA910 two-way intercom system provided. The control module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
0540895 Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Ladder
0024742 Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0066919 Not Required, Raised Pedestal, Tiller

0645472 Rope Tie Bar At Base Section, for
Lyfe Pulley, Painted
Box,Ascendant,105',Tiller

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device. 0604457 Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue
Attachment, ASL, LSL

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard side of the egress. Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. The lifting eye assembly rating will match the capacity rating of the aerial device. 0530828 Turntable Access, Chains

AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
0026967 Not Required, Waterway and Monitor

0543509 No Monitor Required, No Waterway
0086974 Flowmeter Not Req'd, Waterway
Deleted (PAL)
0036953 Not Required, Waterway Inlet
0011770 Not Required, Quick-Lock Waterway

Bid #: 939 60 9.85
0762812 Akron 1494 Ladder Pipe w/5177
Electric Nozzle, 2.50" Inlet, Dual Cntrl

LADDER PIPE
An Akron Model1494 ladder pipe with an electric 5177 nozzle will be provided. The ladder pipe will have a 2.50" NST outlet and 2.50" NST swivel inlet.

The ladder pipe raise/lower functions and fog/stream functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the turntable control console and one (1) will be located at the aerial tip. There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

Wiring to the ladder pipe will be provided by an electric plug and socket to allow the ladder pipe to be easily removed from the tip of the ladder.
"K" bracing below the monitor will be protected with stainless steel scuffplates. 0047901 Not Required, Tools, Aerial, PAL/PAP

0559494 Manuals and Training, 3 Consecutive
Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL

MANUALS
Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) consecutive days. 0807577 Cab, Tiller, Sliding Doors

TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed.

The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area.

Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield.

Two (2) slide back doors, one each side of cab will be provided. Doors will be mounted on top and bottom slides which will be lockable in either open or closed position. A minimum door opening of 21.50" will be provided when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop-down windows. The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high.

The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically-split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high.

The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate.

A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield.

The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab.

An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided.

The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door.

The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab:

Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver.

Jackknife alarm
The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal:

Two (2) heater/defroster outlets
Heater/defroster control switch
The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel:

Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L-C-R)
Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signal
Windshield wiper/washer control switch
0726217 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, Tiller Cab

A Imperial 1200 covered sun visor will be provided in the tiller cab above the windshield. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure the sun visor in the stowed position. 0636263 Light, Dome, FRP Dual LED 1lt

TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT
There will be one (1) dual LED dome light with black bezel installed in the tiller cab.

The color of the LED will be red and white.

The white LED will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, the white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.
0725375 Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Tiller,
Electric, Dual 12V, 3 Spd, Med
Climate

TILLER CAB HEATER/DEFROSTER
There will be two (2) DC Thermal, Model SA12-4000, combination heater/defroster provided in the tiller cab. The system will be 12 volt and will be powered through the tractor ignition circuit.

Each heater will have a max of 5,000BTU.

Each heater/defroster will have a 3-speed motor, a high/low heat switch, and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman.

There will be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance.

The system will be 12 volt and will be powered through the tractor ignition circuit.

The heater/defrost system will have an airflow of 220 cfm.

Bid #: 939 61 9.86
0751020 Air Conditioner, Tiller Cab, 2019

TILLER CAB AIR CONDITIONING
Air conditioning will be provided for the tiller cab.

The unit will be manufactured by Danhard Inc.

The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of 13,500 BTU.

The in tiller cab venting will route via louvers included on the B-pillar of the tiller cab.

The unit will be 120 volt AC and will be run off of the onboard generator. The full load amperage draw will be 12.00 amps in the cooling mode.

The evaporator will be located ahead of the tiller cab on the top deck of the tiller trailer. The air conditioning unit will not increase the overall height of the tiller cab. 0695671 Seat, Tiller, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air
Ride Hi-Back

TILLER CAB SEAT
A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0810496 SP Steps, Tiller Cab Access, Moved
Rearward, Each Side, 4" Lowered
Body

TILLER CAB STEPS
For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The steps will be moved rearward and be in alignment with the tiller cab door. The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation.
0036977 Tiller Warning Indicators w/Seatbelt
Warn in Cab

JACKKNIFE ALARM
An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle.

TILLER WARNING INDICATOR
A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab.
0012207 Mirror, 6" Round Convex, Tiller Cab
(PR)
CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller cab)
A 6.00" diameter round convex mirror with adjustable arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.
0633762 SP Steering Shaft, Lowered For Lowered
Rear Body

TILLER CAB STEERING
The steering shaft provided for the tiller cab will be designed to accommodate a lowered rear body. The rear body will be lowered 4.00".
0661114 Tinted Glass, 14%, Tiller Cab Rear
Wall Window

WINDOW TINT
The tiller cab rear wall sliding window will be tinted with 14% light transmission tint. 0626771 Trailer, 3.00" Extended Gooseneck,
Single Axle Only, Tiller

TILLER TRAILER
The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds.

The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep.

The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist.

The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle.

The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle.

The overall length of the tiller trailer will be 471.00". The gooseneck area of the trailer will be extended 3.00".
0090681 Walkway, Turntable to Body, Tiller

WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY
A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body.

Bid #: 939 62 9.87
0052481 Axle, Tiller Trailer, Oshkosh TAK-4,
Non Drive, 22,800#

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE
The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The turning angle will be 24 degrees or greater.

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. 0032125 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/tilt, TAK4, Tiller Trailer TILLER TRAILER STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.

The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping. 0652502 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, TAK-4, Tiller
BRAKES
The tiller trailer brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus™ EX225 air disc type. The brake rotors will be 17.00" ventilated.
0052483 Suspension, Tiller, 22,800#

SUSPENSION
Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side.

The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0898937 Tires, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA,
425/65R22.5 20 Ply (tiller)
TIRES
Tiller trailer tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor MAX MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed..
0520176 Wheels, Accuride, 22.50" x 12.25",
Steel, w/ 425 Tires, TAK-4, Tiller

The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0037050 Oil Seals, Tiller Axle

OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle. 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.

Bid #: 939 63 9.88
0602507 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire
Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.3 will be provided by the fire department.

Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

Two (2) crowbars.

Two (2) claw tools.

Two (2) 12 lb (5 kg) sledgehammers.

One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (1) first aid kit.

Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.6 m × 5.5 m).

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) scoop shovels.

One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24" (0.6 m) minimum.

Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983.

One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983.

One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983.

Two (2) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 lb (2300 kg).

One (1) box of tools to include the following:
one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades
one (1) keyhole saw
one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench
one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench
one (1) ballpeen hammer
one (1) pair of tin snips
one (1) pair of pliers
one (1) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

One (1) double female 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (1) double male 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections (if equipped with a fire pump).

Two (2) hydrant wrenches (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump).

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). 0602481 NFPA Req'd Loose Equipt, No
Waterway, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT NO WATERWAY
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.5 will be provided by the fire department.

Manual ladder pipe with 1.25" in. (32 mm), 1.375" (35 mm), and 1.50" (38 mm) tips or electric ladder pipe with automatic nozzle that can be attached to the aerial ladder.

Sufficient length(s) of 3.00" (75 mm) or larger attack hose complying with the requirements of NFPA 1961 to reach between the installed ladder pipe and the ground with at least 10 ft (3 m) of hose available on the ground with the ladder at full extension.

One (1) hose strap for each ladder section.

Halyards to control the ladder pipe from ground level (for manual ladder pipe only).

A bracket for carrying the detachable ladder pipe provided on the apparatus and designed so that the ladder pipe clamps will not have to be readjusted to secure the pipe to the aerial ladder. 0602535 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Aerial
NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.3 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.

Bid #: 939 64 9.89
0602354 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Aerial,NFPA 2016,Provided
by Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 8.9.3 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482 Not Required, Crowbars

0007484 Not Required, Claw Tools

0602675 Axes, (2) Flathead, Aerial NFPA
2016, Provided by Fire Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires two (2) flathead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes.
0602673 Axes, (3) Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial NFPA 2016

PICKHEAD AXES PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 8.9.3 requires three (3) pickhead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes.
0007494 Not Required, Sledgehammers

Bid #: 939 65 9.90
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #10 white and the lower section painted #90 red. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.

There will be no cab shield provided.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. 0509327 Paint, Two Tone, Tiller Cab PAINT
The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted white #10 and the lower section of the cab painted Red #90.

The paint break will be located standard location.

Bid #: 939 66 9.91
0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels PAINT, FRONT WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #90 red. 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle

PAINT, REAR WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #90 red. 0809565 Paint, Single, Steel Tiller Wheels

PAINT, TILLER WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #90 red. 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match primary job color. 0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.

Bid #: 939 67 9.92
0790913 Aerial Ladder Paint, Incl Gooseneck,
Stabilizers, Tiller

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting.

2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers.

3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting.

4. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.

5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer.

6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching.

7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process:

Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders: white 10 Aerial turntable: white 10
Aerial control console: white 10
Aerial lift cylinders: white 10
Aerial rotation motor (if applicable): white 10
Aerial torque box, stabilizer housings, gooseneck, 5th wheel components below the rotation point, body support structure, tiller axle and suspension: black 101 paint Aerial stabilizers: red 90
Aerial egress: #90 red (will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections) Aerial boom support: red 90
0544124 Reflective Band, 1"-4"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a

4.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom. 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0583446 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Tiller

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door. The tillerman cab and rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0598754 Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade,

4.00" on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a 4.00" wide fluorescent yellow green diamond grade reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0543998 Stripe, Reflective, Tillerman Doors
Interior

REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective

0020877 Lettering, Reflective 3.00" (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 3.00" high, will be provided. 0686033 Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 14 letters provided.

Bid #: 939 68 9.93
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 939 69 9.94
0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0006999 Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052
TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. 0687388 Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0685727 Warranty, Hydraulic System and
Components, 3 Year/5 Year,
WA0200

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. 0681128 Warranty, Waterway, Not Required

0595860 Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal.
0725636 Warranty, Harrison Generator, 2 Year

TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra-Gen generator two (2) yearlimited warranty will be provided. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 939 70 9.95
0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0808564 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.

Bid #: 939 71 9.96
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000029 TILLER BODY
0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020037 NO PUMP

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0755455 AERIAL HIGH

Bid #: 939 72 9.97
Bid #: 939 73 9.98
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0006825 Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3) Wire 0.00 72.00 0.00 0020670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single Axle, Tiller 0.00 6.00 0.00 0032828 No PTO switch req'd - w/aerial piggyback 0.00 0.00 0.08 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 0.80 0.00
0545926 Handlight, Streamlight, LiteBox, 45116, 12V, Orange 0.00 2.50 0.00 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 0.00 0.00 15.00
0548015 Wiring, Spare, 30 A 12V DC 1st 0.00 0.00 30.00
0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.60 0.00
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0622582 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Control Loc Feature, Sab FR/Enf

0.00 180.00 0.00
0625194 Handlts, (4) Koehler, BrightStar, Responder 510318, light & charger, 12vdc

0.00 1.60 0.00
0626097 Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series, Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling Mount

0.00 0.00 1.56
0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00 0.00
0650975 Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes, Divider, Alum Sngl Pan Dr, Lock D Ring,Tiller

0.00 0.00 1.80
0653350 Guards, Vehicle Camera(s), Painted Smooth Aluminum 0.00 0.00 0.00 0653526 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R, Camera 0.00 1.20 0.00 0657221 Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, 3 Locations 0.00 1.00 0.00 0657222 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st

0.00 0.00 20.00
0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0693551 Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M9LZC LED, pair 0.00 0.00 12.00 0723827 Radio, AM/FM/Media Receiver, Pioneer MVH-S720BHS 0.00 0.00 10.00 0725783 Lights, Centering, Cab Roof, Tlr, Clpsbl, Attwood NV2002SS-7, Red/Grn LED

0.00 0.00 1.44
0727913 Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model 20**4GT, LED, 2 Lts 0.00 0.00 7.40 0727947 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, LS Cab, Mt Fet 0.00 0.00 7.20 0736743 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 2nd 0.00 0.00 6.00 0736755 Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 1st 0.00 0.00 6.00 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body 0.00 0.00 21.60 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body 0.00 0.00 21.60 0750408 Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st 0.00 1.92 1.28 0768376 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED, Qty, Loc Fet 0.00 0.00 0.00 0797189 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st 0.00 0.00 2.50 0804781 Aerial Scene Lts Separated into Aerial Tip Category and Aerial Tracking Category

0.00 0.00 0.00
0806069 Mirror, Grote, 12" Round Convex, Reinforced Bracing, Tiller Body 0.00 0.00 1.80 0806363 Air Horns, Add, Hadley, E Tone 18", (1) Under Tiller Cab w/Tiller Cab FtSw

0.00 0.00 0.25
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0889659 Lights, Wln, S30M** 30" 12VDC LED, LS Cab, Mtg Fet 0.00 0.00 7.20 0893165 Stabilizer Placement, Lasers Only, 1 Set 0.00 1.20 0.00 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0547505 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 60.00 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 45.00 0548009 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 200.00 0722038 HVAC, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE LM - First 0.00 0.00 100.00 0725375 Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Tiller, Electric, Dual 12V, 3 Spd, Med Climate
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 75.00
0763610 Lights, Wln, PCPSM2*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st LM - Middle 0.00 0.00 12.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 7/31/2023
Bid #: 939
Santa Cruz Enforcer 107' Tiller Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed

9.99 Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0810757 Light Twr, W-B Chf NS1.8-300 WHL, 2-P*H2 12VDC Lts Cld 6' Load Managed 0.00 0.00 23.44 0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0036497 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, 92.00" Wide, LS Front, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0036498 Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, 92.00" Wide, RS Front, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0036503 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS Center, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0036512 Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS Center, Tiller NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80 0068703 Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0516618 Generator, Harrison 10kW MCR Hydraulic, Hot Shift PTO NFPA 35.31 0.00 0.00 0524506 Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged Lap Doors, Smooth Aluminum, Tiller
NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90
0534987 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0540692 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25 NFPA 5.40 8.10 0.00 0540737 Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0540783 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0587034 Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat, 2010 NFPA 4.70 0.00 0.00 0601972 Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0602100 Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0602756 Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA 2016 NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0603606 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Enf MUX NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0604356 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 92",
RRRRWRRsrROptRsrRRWRRRR
NFPA 6.48 2.68 12.40
0615386 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00 0615608 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** 6RB* 6RB* M6** LED, 4lts Q Bezel NFPA 1.81 5.34 1.75 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA 0.12 0.00 0.00
0625652 Cab, Enforcer, 6000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0644535 Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Prk Brk NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0653817 Light, Locator, Wln VTX609*, Flashing LED, at Tip, PAL/PAP, 2lts NFPA 0.60 0.90 0.00 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0665700 Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step, Not Required NFPA 0.65 0.00 0.00 0686562 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0692191 Compt, Single Tractor Reservoir, Double Doors, S/D DS, S/D PS, 2010, Santa Cruz
NFPA 1.80 0.00 1.80
0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00
0737181 Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0755094 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 35 MPH Wind,Tiller NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0763582 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0767429 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 34 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0767535 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq E-10, LED NFPA 0.36 0.00 0.00 0771806 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 34 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.34 0.34 0.00
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0785993 Light, Boom Support, TecNiq E10-W000-1 LED NFPA 2.10 0.00 0.00 0790401 Control Stations, ASL Tiller, MUX, Color Display NFPA 4.26 0.00 0.00 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA 0.60 1.20 0.00 0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 7/31/2023
Bid #: 939
Santa Cruz Enforcer 107' Tiller Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed

9.100
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0802753 Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts NFPA 8.00 0.00 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808503 Engine, Cummins X15, 605 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA 10.00 0.00 0.00
0809484 Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, ASL 4lt, Sw NFPA 13.13 0.00 0.00 0810951 Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll, Center Lift, Spec Cab Steps, 4"Lowered Body,78"W
NFPA 3.60 0.00 3.60
0810954 Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll, Center Lift, Spec Cab Steps,4" Lowered Body,78"W
NFPA 3.60 0.00 3.60
0811155 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 44 W x 34.50 H x 16.25 D, Web, SFR/Enf
NFPA 0.35 0.35 0.00
0888060 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-W000-1 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller
NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00
0888066 Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set, TecNiq E10-W000-1, LED NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892649 ClearSky Telematics for Remote Fleet and On-scene Management
NFPA 1.61 0.00 0.00
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 161.65 473.60 734.40
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 254.00
Demand: 161.65
Variance: 92.35
Total Connected Load
Supply: 370.00
Demand: 367.61
Variance: 2.39
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 254.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 370.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 7/31/2023
Bid #: 939
Santa Cruz Enforcer 107' Tiller Sales Rep:

Organization:

Myers, Rich
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed

9.101
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 939 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller) Department: CITY OF SANTA CRUZ FIRE DEPT Body: Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 5.25 in.

Tread Width: 16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 7 in.

Front Overhang: 72.95 in.

Wheelbase: 157 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 11 ft. 0 in.

Curb to curb: 25 ft. 0 in.

Wall to wall: 28 ft. 6 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 07/31/2023
Category Option Description
Aerial Devices 0755094 Aerial, 107' ASL, 750/500 Tip, 35 MPH Wind,Tiller Axle, Front, Custom 0629940 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 22,800 lb, Enforcer Bumpers 0603633 Bumper, Non-Extended, Steel, Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer Wheels, Front 0604672 Wheels, Front, Accuride, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot Tires, Front 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply

9.102
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

9.103
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 9.104
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

9.105
Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks

9.106
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user.

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel

9.107
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder.

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

9.108
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
©2001 Cummins Inc.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
2001 Cummins Inc.

9.109

9.110

9.111

9.112

9.113
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

9.114
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

9.115
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

9.116
MERITOR®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES

9.117
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service.............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS

9.118
n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164EH/P1,2
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-1662
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

9.119 3
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L 1
For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems1
Standard System2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak54 5P/L
AxlePak75 7P/L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION

9.120
n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L

9.121
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L 1
Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P. 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems2
Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak54 5/P&L
AxlePak75 7/P&L 1
9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P, 1/L 1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings3 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

9.122
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel Trains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special Waste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L

9.123
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L 1
Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 Warranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P.

RT-40-160/P/A3
RT-46-160/P/A1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A2,3
RT-50-160/P/A3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options
and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings1 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets1 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems2
Standard System3 1/Unl/P&L 1
9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L

9.124
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L 1
Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Brake Components Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION

9.125 9
Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L 1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-9411
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L

9.126
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P Brake Components

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L

9.127
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

9.128
For more information:
call Ontrac at 866-668-7221
or visit meritor.com
©2018 Meritor, Inc.

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) To Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner.

9.129
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

9.130

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P

9.131
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L

9.132
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile

9.133
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

9.134

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

9.135
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle inservice date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial inservice date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM